10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

Or

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from             to            

Commission file number: 333-50437

Standard Parking Corporation

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware	16-1171179
(State or Other Jurisdiction of	(I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)	Identification No.)

900 N. Michigan Avenue, Suite 1600,

Chicago, Illinois 60611-1542

(Address of Principal Executive Offices, Including Zip Code)

(312) 274-2000

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.001 PER SHARE

(Title of Each Class)

THE NASDAQ STOCK MARKET LLC

(Name of Each Exchange on which Registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

NONE

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  þ

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter periods that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  þ    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  þ    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer	¨	Accelerated filer	þ
Non-accelerated filer	¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  þ

As of June 30, 2011, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was approximately $253.2 million, based on the closing price of the common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

As of March 7, 2012, there were 15,617,377 shares of common stock of the registrant outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 25, 2012, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1.	Business	4
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	17
Item 2.	Properties	23
Item 3. Item 4.	Legal Proceedings Mine Safety Disclosures	24 24
PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	25
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	27
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	28
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	46
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	48
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	48
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	48
Item 9B.	Other Information	48
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	49
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	50
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	50
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	50
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	50
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	51
Signatures		85
Index to Exhibits		87

2

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Form 10-K and the information incorporated by reference herein includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the “Securities Act,” and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act.” These statements relate to analyses and other information that are based on forecasts of future results and estimates of amounts not yet determinable. These statements also relate to our future prospects, developments and business strategies. The statements contained in this Form 10-K, including information we incorporate by reference, that are not statements of historical fact may include forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties.

We have used the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “will” and similar terms and phrases, including references to assumptions in this Form 10-K, including information we incorporate by reference, to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are made based on our management’s expectations and beliefs concerning future events affecting us and are subject to uncertainties and factors relating to our operations and business environment, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. These uncertainties and factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those matters expressed in or implied by these forward-looking statements. The following factors are among those that may cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements:

• failure to successfully complete or integrate our proposed business combination transaction with Central Parking Corporation;

• intense competition that can constrain our ability to gain business and our profitability;

• the loss, or renewal on less favorable terms, of management contracts and leases;

• adverse litigation judgments or settlements resulting from legal or other proceedings in which we may be involved;

• the loss of key employees;

• changes in general economic and business conditions or demographic trends;

• the impact of public and private regulations, including changes in regulations affecting airports and parking lots and new legislation related to health care;

• the financial difficulties or bankruptcy of our major clients, including the impact on our ability to collect receivables;

• insurance losses that are worse than expected or adverse events not covered by insurance;

• labor disputes that lead to a loss of revenues or expense variations;

• extraordinary events affecting parking at facilities that we manage, including emergency safety measures, military or terrorist attacks, cyber terrorism and natural disasters;

• state and municipal government clients that sell or enter into long-term leases of parking-related assets;

• uncertainty in the credit markets;

• availability, terms and deployment of capital;

• the ability to obtain performance bonds on acceptable terms to guarantee our performance under certain contracts;

• the other factors discussed under Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

All of our forward-looking statements should be considered in light of these factors. All of our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they were made, and we undertake no obligation to update our forward-looking statements or risk factors to reflect new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws and regulations.

3

NOTE

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Our Company

We are one of the leading providers of parking management, ground transportation and other ancillary services to commercial, institutional and municipal clients in the United States and Canada. Our services include a comprehensive set of on-site parking management and ground transportation services, which consist of training, scheduling and supervising all service personnel as well as providing customer service, marketing, maintenance and accounting and revenue control functions necessary to facilitate the operation of our clients’ parking facilities. We also provide a range of ancillary services such as airport shuttle operations, taxi and livery dispatch services and municipal meter revenue collection and enforcement services. We strive to be the #1 or #2 provider in each of the core markets in which we operate. As a given geographic market achieves a threshold operational size, we typically will establish a local office in order to promote increased operating efficiency. We rely on both organic growth and acquisitions to increase our client base and leverage our fixed corporate and administrative costs within each major metropolitan area. Our clients choose to outsource with us in order to attract, service and retain customers, gain access to the breadth and depth of our service and process expertise, leverage our significant technology capabilities and enhance their parking facility revenue, profitability and cash flow. As of December 31, 2011, we managed approximately 2,200 parking facility locations containing approximately 1.2 million parking spaces in approximately 345 cities, operated 147 parking-related service centers serving 61 airports, operated a fleet of approximately 550 shuttle buses carrying approximately 27.5 million passengers per year and employed a professional staff of approximately 12,000 people.

We have provided parking services since 1929. Our history and resulting experience have allowed us to develop and standardize a rigorous system of processes and controls that enable us to deliver consistent, transparent, value-added and high quality parking facility management services. We serve a variety of industries and have end-market specific specialization in airports, healthcare facilities, hotels, municipalities and government facilities, commercial real estate, residential communities, retail and colleges and universities. We market and offer our end-market specific services under our SP Plus^® brand. The professionals dedicated to each of our SP Plus^® markets and service lines possess subject matter expertise that enables them to meet the specific demands of their clients. Additionally, we complement our core services and help to differentiate our clients’ parking facilities by offering to their customers Ambiance in Parking^®, an approach to parking facility management that includes a comprehensive package of amenity and customer service programs. These programs not only make the parking experience more enjoyable, but also convey a sense of the client’s sensitivity to and appreciation for the needs of its parking customers. In doing so, we believe the programs serve to enhance the value of the parking properties themselves.

We have also dedicated significant resources to human capital management, providing comprehensive training for our employees, delivered primarily through the use of our web-based Standard University^SM learning management system, which promotes customer service and client retention in addition to providing our employees with continued training and career development opportunities. Our focus on customer service and satisfaction is a key driver of our high location retention rate, which was approximately 91% for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011.

We operate our clients’ facilities through two types of arrangements: management contracts and leases. As of December 31, 2011, we operated approximately 91% of our locations under management contracts, and for the year ended December 31, 2011, we derived approximately 88% of our gross profit under management contracts. As of December 31, 2011, we operated approximately 9% of our locations under leases, and for the year ended December 31, 2011, we derived approximately 12% of our gross profit under leases.

• Under a management contract, we typically receive a base monthly fee for managing the facility, and we may also receive an incentive fee based on the achievement of facility performance objectives. We also receive fees for ancillary services. Typically, all of the underlying revenue and expenses under a standard management contract flow through to our client rather than to us.

4

• Under a lease, we generally pay to the property owner either a fixed annual rent, a percentage of gross customer collections, or a combination of both. Under a lease, we collect all revenue and are responsible for most operating expenses, but typically we are not responsible for major maintenance, capital expenditures or real estate taxes.

Our focus on recurring, predominantly fixed-fee management contracts provides us with a measure of insulation from broader economic cycles and enhance our visibility and relative predictability because our management contract revenue does not fluctuate materially in relation to variations in parking volumes. Additionally, we are positioned to benefit from improving macroeconomic conditions and increased parking volumes through our exposure to lease contracts. We believe our revenue model and contract structure mix provides a competitive advantage when compared with competitors in our industry.

Our revenue is derived from a broad and diverse group of clients, industry end-markets and geographies. Our clients include some of North America’s largest private and public owners, municipalities, managers and developers of major office buildings, residential properties, commercial properties, shopping centers and other retail properties, sports and special event complexes, hotels, and hospitals and medical centers. No single client accounted for more than 6% of our revenue or more than 5% of our gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2011. Additionally, we have built a diverse geographic footprint that as of December 31, 2011 included operations in 41 states and the District of Columbia, and municipalities, including New York, Los Angeles, Chicago, Boston, Washington D.C. and Houston, among others, and five Canadian provinces. Our strategy is focused on building scale and leadership positions in large, strategic markets in order to leverage the advantages of scale across a larger number of parking locations in a single market. We strive to be the #1 or #2 provider in each of the core markets in which we operate.

One of the key differentiators in our industry is the effective use of technology, which is of increasing importance to our clients. Our commitment to the application of technology in the parking facility management industry has resulted in the creation of a proprietary product, Client View^TM, which is an on-demand system that enables our clients, at their convenience, to directly access and download their monthly financial statements and detailed back-up reports. Additionally, we believe we are a leader in the field of introducing automation and technology as part of our parking facility operations, having been among the first to introduce airport credit card lanes, apply bar code decal technology and adopt various electronic payment options such as electronic fund transfer (EFT) payments and pay-on-foot machine (ATM) technology. Our electronic, web-based Procure-To-Pay procurement and payment system controls costs by automatically enforcing procurement policies and efficiently processing the associated payables. Our propriety Click and Park^® technology enables people to reserve and purchase parking online, in advance, both for sporting and special events as well as in a wide array of other commercial parking environments. Similarly, our propriety Click and Ride^TM technology lets people reserve and pay for bus seating online. Our proprietary MPM Plus^TM monthly parker management and billing system provides comprehensive and reliable billing of the parking-related provisions of multi-year commercial tenant leases. We believe that automation and technology can enhance customer convenience, improve cash management and increase overall profitability for our clients, as well as allow us to add new locations and expand our geographic base of operations more effectively.

Industry Overview

Overview

The parking industry is large and fragmented and includes companies that provide temporary parking spaces for vehicles on an hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly basis along with providing various ancillary services. A substantial number of companies in the industry offer parking services as a non-core operation in connection with property management or ownership, and the vast majority of companies in the industry are small, private and operate a single parking facility. Accordingly, the industry remains highly fragmented. The industry experiences consolidation from time to time, as smaller operators find that they lack the financial resources, economies of

5

scale and management techniques required to compete with larger national providers. We expect this trend to continue and will provide larger parking management companies with opportunities to expand their businesses and acquire smaller operators.

Industry Operating Arrangements

Parking facilities operate under three general types of arrangements:

• management contracts;

• leases; and

• ownership.

The general terms and benefits of these three types of arrangements are as follows:

Management Contracts. Under a management contract, the facility operator generally receives a base monthly fee for managing the facility and may receive an incentive fee based on the achievement of facility performance objectives. Facility operators also generally charge fees for various ancillary services such as accounting, equipment leasing and consulting. Primary responsibilities under a management contract include hiring, training and staffing parking personnel, and providing revenue collection, accounting, record-keeping, insurance and facility marketing services. Under a typical management contract, the facility operator is not responsible for structural or mechanical repairs, or for providing security or guard services. The facility owner usually is responsible for operating expenses associated with the facility’s operation, such as taxes, license and permit fees, insurance costs, payroll and accounts receivable processing and wages of personnel assigned to the facility, although some management contracts, typically referred to as “reverse” management contracts, require the facility operator to pay certain of these cost categories but provide for payment to the operator of a larger management fee. Under a management contract, the facility owner usually is responsible for non- routine maintenance, repair costs and capital improvements. Management contracts are typically for a term of one to three years (although the contracts may often be terminated, without cause, on 30 days’ notice or less) and may contain a renewal clause. As of December 31, 2011, we operated approximately 91% of our locations under management contracts, and for the year ended December 31, 2011, we derived approximately 88% of our gross profit under management contracts.

Leases. Under a lease, the parking facility operator generally pays to the property owner either a fixed base rent, percentage rent that is tied to the facility’s financial performance, or a combination of both. The parking facility operator collects all revenue and is responsible for most operating expenses, but typically is not responsible for major maintenance, capital expenditures or real estate taxes. In contrast to management contracts, leases typically are for terms of three to ten years, often contain a renewal term, and provide for a fixed payment to the facility owner regardless of the facility’s operating earnings. However, many of these leases may be cancelled by the client for various reasons, including development of the real estate for other uses. Some leases may be cancelled by the client on as little as 30 days’ notice without cause. Leased facilities generally require a longer commitment and a larger capital investment by the parking facility operator than do managed facilities. As of December 31, 2011, we operated approximately 9% of our locations under leases, and for the year ended December 31, 2011, we derived approximately 12% of our gross profit under leases.

Ownership. Ownership of parking facilities, either independently or through joint ventures, entails greater potential risks and rewards than either managed or leased facilities. All owned facility revenue flows directly to the owner, and the owner has the potential to realize benefits of appreciation in the value of the underlying real estate. Ownership of parking facilities usually requires large capital investments, and the owner is responsible for all obligations related to the property, including all structural, mechanical and electrical maintenance and repairs and property taxes. We do not own any parking facilities.

6

Industry Growth Dynamics

A number of industry trends should facilitate growth for larger outsourced commercial parking facility management providers, including the following:

Opportunities From Large Property Managers, Owners and Developers. As a result of past industry consolidation, there is a significant number of national property managers, owners and developers that own or manage multiple locations. Sophisticated property owners consider parking a profit center that experienced parking facility management companies can maximize. This dynamic favors larger parking facility operators that can provide specialized, value-added professional services with nationwide coverage.

Outsourcing of Parking Management and Related Services. Growth in the parking management industry has resulted from a trend by parking facility owners to outsource the management of their parking and related operations to independent operators. We believe that entities such as large property managers, owners and developers, as well as cities, municipal authorities, hospitals and universities, in an effort to focus on their core competencies, reduce operating budgets and increase efficiency and profitability, will continue and perhaps increase the practice of retaining parking management companies to operate facilities and provide related services, including shuttle bus operations, municipal meter collection and valet parking.

Vendor Consolidation. Based on interactions with our clients, we believe that many parking facility owners and managers are evaluating the benefits of reducing the number of parking facility management relationships they maintain. We believe this is a function of the need to reduce costs associated with interacting with a large number of third-party suppliers coupled with the need to foster closer inter-company relationships. By limiting the number of outsourcing vendors, companies will benefit from suppliers who will invest the time and effort to understand every facet of the client’s business and industry and who can effectively manage and handle all aspects of their daily requirements. We believe a trend towards vendor consolidation can benefit a company like ours, given our national footprint and scale, extensive experience, broad process capabilities and a demonstrated ability to create value for our clients.

Industry Consolidation. The parking management industry is highly fragmented, with hundreds of small regional or local operators. We believe national parking facility operators have a competitive advantage over local and regional operators by reason of their:

• broad product and service offerings;

• deeper and more experienced management;

• relationships with large, national property managers, developers and owners;

• efficient cost structure due to economies of scale; and

• financial resources to invest in infrastructure and information systems.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe we have the following key competitive strengths:

Leading Market Position with a Unique Value Proposition. We are one of the leading providers of parking management, ground transportation and other ancillary services, to commercial, institutional, and municipal clients in the United States and Canada. We strive to be the #1 or #2 provider in each of the core markets in which we operate. We market and offer many of our services under our SP Plus^® brand, which reflects our ability to provide customized solutions and meet the varied demands of our diverse client base and their wide array of property types, and supplement them with Ambiance in Parking^®, a comprehensive package of amenity and customer service programs. We can augment our parking services by providing our clients with related services through our SP Plus^®Maintenance SP Plus^® Transportation and, in certain sections of the country, SP Plus^® Security Services service lines, thus enabling our clients to efficiently address various needs through a single vendor relationship. We believe our ability to offer a comprehensive range of services on a national basis is a significant competitive advantage and allows our clients to attract,

7

service and retain customers, gain access to the breadth and depth of our service and process expertise, leverage our significant technology capabilities and enhance their parking facility revenue, profitability and cash flow.

Our Scale and Diversification. As of December 31, 2011, we managed approximately 2,200 parking facility locations containing approximately 1.2 million parking spaces in approximately 345 cities, operated 147 parking-related service centers serving 61 airports, operated a fleet of approximately 550 shuttle buses and employed a professional staff of approximately 12,000 people. We benefit from diversification across our client base, industry end-markets and geographic locations.

• Client Base. Our clients include some of the nation’s largest private and public owners, municipalities, managers and developers of major office buildings, residential properties, commercial properties, shopping centers and other retail properties, sports and special event complexes, hotels, and hospitals and medical centers. No single client accounted for more than 6% of our revenue or more than 5% of our gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2011.

• Industry End-Markets. We believe that our industry end-market diversification allows us to minimize our exposure to industry-specific seasonality and volatility. We believe that the breadth of end-markets we serve and the depth of services we offer to those end-markets provide us with a broader base of customers that we can target.

• Geographic Locations. We have a diverse geographic footprint that includes operations in 41 states and the District of Columbia and five Canadian provinces as of December 31, 2011. We strive to be the #1 or #2 provider in each of the core markets in which we operate, and our strategy is focused on building size and leadership positions in large, strategic markets in order to leverage the advantages of scale across a larger number of parking locations in a single market.

Additionally, our scale has enabled us to significantly enhance our operating efficiency over the past several years by standardizing processes and managing overhead costs.

Stable Client Relationships. We have a track record of providing our clients and parking customers with a consistent, value-added and high quality parking facility management experience, as reflected by our high location retention rate, which was approximately 91% for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011. These statistics include the impact of our decision to exit from unprofitable contracts. As our clients continue to outsource the management of their parking operations and look to consolidate the number of their outsourcing providers, we believe this trend can benefit companies like ours, which has a national footprint and scale, extensive experience, broad process capabilities, and a demonstrated ability to create value for our clients.

Established Platform for Future Growth. We have invested resources and developed a national infrastructure and technology platform which is complemented by significant management expertise, which enables us to scale our business for future growth effectively and efficiently. We have the ability to transition into a new location very quickly, from the simplest to the most complex operation, and have experience working with incumbent facility managers to effect smooth and efficient takeovers and integrate new locations seamlessly into our operations.

Visible and Predictable Business Model. We believe that our business model provides us with a measure of insulation from broader economic cycles because approximately 88% of our gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2011 was generated from fixed-fee and reverse management fee management contracts that for the most part are not dependent upon the level of utilization of those parking facilities. Additionally, because we do not own any parking facilities, we have few of the risks of real estate ownership. We benefit further from visibility provided by a recurring revenue model reinforced by contract retention rates that have approximated 91% over the past five years.

Highly Capital Efficient Business with Attractive Cash Flow Characteristics. Our business generates attractive cash flow due to negative working capital dynamics and our low capital expenditure requirements. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, we generated approximately $19.5 million of cash flow from

8

operating activities, and during the same period our capital expenditures for the purpose of leasehold improvements and equipment were $3.0 million. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, we generated approximately $35.0 million of cash flow from operating activities, and during the same period our capital expenditures for the purpose of leasehold improvements and equipment were $4.2 million.

Focus on Operational Excellence and Human Capital Management. Our culture and training programs place a continuing focus on excellence in the execution of all aspects of day-to-day parking facility operation. This focus is reflected in our ability to deliver to our clients a professional, high-quality product through well-trained, service-oriented personnel, which we believe differentiates us from our competitors. To support our focus on operational excellence, we manage our human capital through a comprehensive, structured program that evaluates the competencies and performance of all of our key operations and administrative support personnel on an annual basis. Based on those evaluations, we create detailed developmental plans designed to provide our personnel with the skills and tools needed to perform their current duties effectively and to prepare themselves for future growth and advancement. We have also dedicated significant resources to human capital management, providing comprehensive training for our employees, delivered primarily through the use of our web-based Standard University^SM learning management system, which promotes customer service and client retention in addition to providing our employees with continued training and career development opportunities.

Experienced Management Team. Our current senior management team has a proven track record of growing our existing business organically and consistently integrating acquisitions. The executive management team has been working together for more than 10 years, and has an average of 25 years of experience in the parking industry.

Our Growth Strategy

Building on these competitive strengths, we believe we are well-positioned to execute on the following growth strategies:

Grow Our Portfolio of Contracts in Existing Geographic Markets. Our strategy is to capitalize on economies of scale and operating efficiencies by expanding our contract portfolio in our existing geographic markets, especially in our core markets. We market our services in each of our existing geographic markets with the goal of becoming the #1 or #2 provider in that market. As a given geographic market achieves a threshold operational size, we typically will establish a local office in order to promote increased operating efficiency by enabling local managers to use a common staff for recruiting, training and human resources support. This concentration of operating locations allows for increased operating efficiency and superior levels of customer service and retention through the accessibility of local managers and support resources. We rely on both organic growth and acquisitions to increase our client base and leverage our fixed corporate and administrative costs within each major metropolitan area.

Increase Penetration in Our Current Vertical End-Markets. We believe that a significant opportunity exists for us to expand our presence into certain industry end-markets, such as colleges and universities, hospitals and medical centers as well as municipalities. In order to effectively target these new markets, we have implemented a go-to-market strategy of aligning our business by vertical end-markets and branding our domain expertise through our SP Plus^® market designations to highlight the specialized expertise and services that we provide to meet the needs of each particular industry and customer. This combination, in turn, allows us to deliver high quality and consistent services for our clients, enhances customer loyalty and allows us to further leverage our service capabilities, technology platform and regional and market-based management structure.

Expand and Cross-Sell Additional Services to Drive Incremental Revenue. We believe we have significant opportunities to strengthen our relationships with existing clients and to attract new clients by continuing to cross-sell value-added services that complement our core parking operations. These services include shuttle bus operations, taxi and livery dispatch services, concierge-type ground transportation, on-street parking meter collection and facility maintenance services. We also are evaluating new service

9

opportunities, such as security services, that would leverage our core competency of managing large networks of geographically dispersed employees. To better reflect these broader competencies, we developed the SP Plus^® brand, which emphasizes our specialized market expertise and distinguishes our ancillary service lines from the traditional parking services we provide. Our SP Plus^® brand includes market designations such as SP Plus^® Airport Services, SP Plus^® Gameday, SP Plus^® Event Services, SP Plus^® Healthcare Services, SP Plus^® Hotel Services, SP Plus^® Municipal Services, SP Plus^® Office Services, SP Plus^® Residential Services, SP Plus^® Retail Services and SP Plus^® University Services, which reflect the market-specific subject matter expertise that enables our professionals to meet the varied parking and transportation-related demands of those specific property types. Because our capabilities range beyond parking facility management, our SP Plus^® Transportation, SP Plus^® Maintenance and SP Plus^® Security Services brands more clearly distinguish those service lines from the traditional parking services that we provide under our Standard Parking brand. By offering this wide assortment of ancillary services, we are able to broaden the scope of our client relationships and thus increase our clients’ reliance and dependency on our services, which in turn results in enhanced client retention rates and higher revenue and gross profit per location.

Expand Our Geographic Platform. We believe that opportunities exist to develop new geographic markets either through new contract wins, acquisitions, alliances or partnerships. Clients who outsource the management of their parking operations often have a presence in a variety of urban markets and seek to outsource the management of their parking facilities to a national provider. We intend to leverage relationships with existing clients that have locations in multiple markets as one potential entry point into developing new core markets. Additionally, we may continue to pursue acquisitions as a means of gaining critical mass in a new market.

Continued Focus on Management Contracts and Operational Efficiencies to Further Improve Profitability. We continue to focus on the growth of lower-risk management contracts, which are inherently more predictable. We have invested substantial resources in information technology and continually seek to consolidate various corporate functions where possible in order to improve our processes and service offerings. In addition, we will continually to evaluate and improve our human capital management to ensure a consistent and high-level of service for our clients. The initiatives undertaken to date in these areas have improved our cost structure and enhanced our financial strength, which we believe will continue to yield future benefits.

Pursue Opportunistic, Accretive Acquisitions. The outsourced parking management industry remains highly fragmented and presents a significant opportunity for us. Given the scale in our operating platform, we have a demonstrated ability to successfully identify, acquire and integrate accretive tuck-in acquisitions. For example, in July 2009, we acquired the assets of Gameday Management Group, U.S., an Orlando-based company that plans the operation of transportation and parking systems for major stadium and sporting events. Gameday has provided its transportation and traffic management services for high-profile events, including Super Bowls XXX-XLIV, the Daytona 500, the 2009 Presidential Inauguration, and the 2010 Vancouver Winter Olympics. Now offered under our SP Plus^® GAMEDAY and SP Plus^® Event Services brands this acquisition has enabled us to provide our stadium and special event clients with transportation and parking planning expertise that can meet their most complex needs. Having provided these services since the acquisition for such high-profile events as the 2011 World Equestrian Games, 2011 NCAA Men’s Basketball Championship, 2012 Tim Hortons NHL All-Star Game and having been selected to provide those services at the upcoming 2012 Republican National Convention, we expect to continue leveraging SP Plus^® Gameday’s expertise into new parking and transportation opportunities in the future. Among the assets acquired is SP Plus^® Gameday’s Click and Park^® online parking and traffic management system, which enables parking customers to reserve and pay for parking online in advance of an event and its related Click and Ride^TM online seating reservation system, which enables riders to reserve and pay for shuttle bus seats. The addition of this capability to our product line is an example of how we are integrating technology into a changing parking industry. We will continue to selectively pursue acquisition opportunities that help us acquire scale or enhance our service capabilities.

10

In December 2010 we acquired Expert Parking, Inc., a Philadelphia-based parking management company having parking operations at twenty-six locations throughout the greater Philadelphia metropolitan area. The Expert Parking operations span a diverse variety of property types that include office, hotel, residential, municipal, hospital, university and commercial locations. The acquisition complements our operations in New York and New Jersey, and enhances our prospects for growth throughout the Northeast corridor.

We also provide a range of ancillary services to satisfy client needs such as municipal meter collection.

Services

As a professional parking management company, we provide a comprehensive, turn-key package of parking services to our clients. Under a typical management contract structure, we are responsible for providing and supervising all personnel necessary to facilitate daily parking operations including cashiers, porters, valet attendants, managers, bookkeepers, and a variety of maintenance, marketing, customer service, and accounting and revenue control functions. By way of example, our typical day-to-day operating duties, whether performed using our own personnel or subcontracted vendors, include:

• Collection and deposit of daily and monthly parking revenues from all parking customers.

• Daily housekeeping to maintain the facility in a clean and orderly manner.

• Restriping of the parking stalls as necessary.

• Routine maintenance of parking equipment (e.g., ticket dispensing machines, parking gate arms, fee computers).

• Marketing efforts designed to maximize gross parking revenues.

• Delivery of courteous and professional customer relations.

• Painting of walkways, curbs, ceilings, walls or other facility surfaces.

• Snow removal from sidewalks and driveways.

The scope of our management services typically also includes a number of functions that support the basic daily facility operations, such as:

• Preparation of an annual operating budget reflecting our estimates of the annual gross parking revenues that the facility will generate from its parking customers, as well as the costs and expenses to be incurred in connection with the facility’s operation.

• Evaluation and analysis of, and consultation with our clients with respect to, price structures that will optimize our client’s revenue objectives.

• Consultation with our clients regarding which of our customer amenities are appropriate and/or desirable for implementation at the client’s parking facility.

• Implementation of a wide range of operational and revenue control processes and procedures, including internal audit procedures, designed to maximize and protect the facility’s parking revenues. Compliance with our mandated processes and procedures is supervised by dedicated internal audit and contract compliance groups.

• Consultation with our clients regarding any recommended modifications in facility design or traffic flow, or the installation of new or updated parking equipment, designed both to enhance the ease and convenience of the parking experience for the parking customers and to maximize facility profitability.

• Monthly reporting to our clients regarding the facility’s operating results. For those clients who wish to directly access their financial reporting information on-line, we offer the use of our proprietary Client View^SM client reporting system, which provides on-line access to site-level financial and operating information.

11

Ancillary Services

Beyond the conventional parking facility management services described above, we also offer an expanded range of ancillary services. For example:

• At various airports throughout the United States, we provide shuttle bus vehicles and the drivers to operate them in support of on-airport car rental operations as well as private off-airport parking locations.

• At certain airports, we provide ancillary ground transportation services, such as taxi and livery dispatch services, as well as concierge-type ground transportation information and support services for arriving passengers.

• For municipalities, we provide basic shuttle bus services, on-street parking meter collection and other forms of parking enforcement services.

• Within the medical center and hospital market, we provide valet parking and shuttle bus services.

Amenities and Customer Service Programs

We offer a comprehensive package of amenity and customer service programs, branded as Ambiance in Parking^®, many at nominal or no cost to the client. These programs not only make the parking experience more enjoyable, but also convey a sense of the client’s sensitivity to and appreciation of the needs of its parking customers. In doing so, we believe the programs serve to enhance the value of the parking properties themselves.

Musical Theme Floor Reminder System. Our musical theme floor reminder system is designed to help customers remember the garage level on which they parked. A different song is played on each floor of the parking garage. Each floor also displays distinctive signage and graphics that correspond with the floor’s theme. For example, in one parking facility with U.S. colleges as a theme, a different college logo is displayed, and that college’s specific fight song is heard, on each parking level. Other parking facilities have themes such as famous recording artists, musical instruments, and professional sports teams.

Books-To-Go^® CD Library. Monthly customers can borrow—free of charge—audio CD to which they can listen as they drive to and from work. A wide selection of fiction, non-fiction and business titles is maintained in the facility office.

Films-To-Go^® DVD Library. This amenity builds on the success of our popular Books-To-Go^® program. DVDs of many popular movie titles are stocked in the parking facility office and made available free of charge to monthly customers. The movie selections are updated on a regular basis.

SPokes. Monthly parkers at participating facilities can check out a cruiser bike, free of charge, for their personal use. Parking customers make their reservations through the facility manager, and all riders are provided with helmets. Returned bikes and helmets are inspected and cleaned by a facility employee before reuse.

Complimentary Driver Assistance Services. Parking facility attendants provide a wide range of complimentary services to customers with car problems. Assistance can include charging weak batteries, inflating/changing tires, cleaning windshields and refilling windshield washer fluid. Attendants also can help customers locate their vehicles and escort them to their cars.

Standard Equipment & Technology Upgrade Program^® Services (SETUP^®). Standard Parking provides clients with a complete turnkey solution to managing all phases of new equipment projects, from initial design to installation to ongoing maintenance. Our design team will suggest a complete solution intended to return to our clients the greatest value for their investment based upon consideration of a wide array of choices as to both equipment (such as Pay-On-Foot, Automated Vehicle Identification and Automated Credit/Debit Card machine technology) and services (procurement, project management, installation and maintenance).

12

SPare^TM Emergency Care Services. Under our SPare^TM Emergency Care Services program, customers experiencing vehicle problems beyond weak batteries and low tire pressure call our toll-free number to receive, on a pay-per-use basis, a basic package of emergency services, including towing, jump starting, flat tire changing, fuel delivery, extracting a vehicle from the side of the road and lock-out service. The emergency services are provided at the parking facility or anywhere on the road.

CarCare Maintenance Services. A car service vendor will pick-up a customer’s car from the parking facility, contact the customer with an estimate, service the car during normal working hours and return it to the facility before the end of the business day.

Automated Teller Machines. On-site ATM machines provide customers access to cash from bankcards and credit cards. We arrange for the installation of the machine, operated and maintained by an outside vendor. The parking facility realizes supplemental income from a fixed monthly rent and a share of usage transaction fees.

Complimentary Courtesy Umbrellas and Flashlights. Courtesy umbrellas are loaned to customers on rainy days. A similar lending program can be implemented to provide flashlights in emergency situations or power outages.

Complimentary Services/Customer Appreciation Days. Our clients select from a variety of complimentary services that we provide as a special way of saying “thank you” to our parking customers. Depending on client preferences, coffee, donuts and/or newspapers occasionally are provided to customers during the morning rush hour. On certain holidays, candy, with wrappers that can be customized with the facility logo, can be distributed to customers as they exit. We also can distribute personalized promotional items, such as ice scrapers and key-chains.

Business Development

Our efforts to attract new clients are primarily concentrated in and coordinated by a dedicated business development group, whose background and expertise is in the field of sales and marketing, and whose financial compensation is determined to a significant extent by their business development success. This business development group is responsible for forecasting sales, maintaining a pipeline of prospective and existing clients, initiating contacts with such clients, and then following through to coordinate meetings involving those clients and the appropriate members of our operations hierarchy. By concentrating our sales efforts through this dedicated group, we enable our operations personnel to focus on achieving excellence in our parking facility operations and maximizing our clients’ parking profits and our own profitability.

We also place a specific focus on marketing and client relationship efforts that pertain to those clients having a large regional or national presence. Accordingly, we assign a dedicated executive to those clients to address any existing portfolio issues, as well as to reinforce existing and develop new account relationships and to take any other action that may further our business development interests.

Operations

We maintain regional and city offices throughout the United States and Canada in order to support approximately 12,000 employees and approximately 2,200 locations. These offices serve as the central bases through which we provide the employees to staff our parking facilities as well as the on-site and support management staff to oversee those operations. Our administrative staff accountants are based in those same offices and facilitate the efficient, accurate and timely production and delivery to our clients of our monthly reports. Having these all-inclusive operations and accounting teams located in regional and city offices throughout the United States and Canada allows us to add new locations quickly and in a cost-efficient manner. To facilitate the training of our facility personnel throughout the country, we have created Standard University^SM, the foundation of all our formal training programs that span a wide range of topics including soft skills, technology, software, leadership skills and operating procedures. Courses are deployed using a multitude of

13

methods including classroom sessions, web-based sessions, and self-managed, computer-based training. Standard University^SM is available to our employees on a 24/7 basis so they may access training and information when they need it.

Our overall basic corporate functions in the areas of finance, human resources, risk management, legal, purchasing and procurement, general administration, strategy and information and technology are based in our Chicago corporate office. The Chicago corporate office also supports and promotes consistency throughout our field operations by developing and administering our operational, financial and administrative policies, practices and procedures.

Clients and Properties

Our client base includes a diverse cross-section of public and private owners of commercial, institutional and municipal real estate. No single client represented more than 6% of revenues or more than 5% of our gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2011. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, we retained an average of 91% of our locations (statistic includes the impact of our decision to exit from unprofitable contracts).

Information Technology

We believe that automation and technology can enhance customer convenience, lower labor costs, improve cash management and increase overall profitability. We have been a leader in the field of introducing automation and technology to the parking business and we were among the first to adopt electronic fund transfer (EFT) payment options, pay-on-foot (ATM) technology and bar code decal technology. Our proprietary Click and Park^® technology enables people to reserve and purchase parking online, in advance, both for sporting and special events as well as in a wide array of other commercial parking environments. At many locations, Click and Park^® users also can get customized directions showing what route to take to get to their parking destination most efficiently. Similarly, our proprietary Click and Ride^SM system lets people reserve and pay for bus seating online, in advance. Our proprietary MPM Plus^TM monthly parker management and billing system provides comprehensive and reliable billing of the parking-related provisions of multi-year commercial tenant leases.

To promote internal efficiency, we have created advanced information systems that connect local offices across the country to our corporate headquarters. These systems support accounting, financial management and reporting practices, general operating procedures, training, employment policies, cash controls and marketing procedures. Our commitment to the application of technology in the parking management business has resulted in the creation of a proprietary product, Client View^TM, an Internet-based system that gives our clients the flexibility and convenience to access and download their monthly financials and detailed back-up reports. In addition, use of our electronic, web-based Procure-To-Pay procurement and payment system controls costs by automatically enforcing procurement policies and efficiently processing the associated payables. We believe that our standardized processes and controls enhance our ability to successfully add new locations and expand our operations into new markets.

Employees

As of December 31, 2011, we employed 11,914 individuals, including 6,602 full-time and 5,312 part-time employees. As of December 31, 2010, we employed 11,971 individuals, including 6,824 full-time and 5,147 part-time employees. Approximately 31% of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. No single collective bargaining agreement covers a material number of employees. We believe that our employee relations are good.

14

Insurance

We purchase comprehensive liability insurance covering certain claims that occur in the operations that we lease or manage. The primary amount of such coverage is $2.0 million per occurrence and $2.0 million in the aggregate per facility for our garage liability and garage keepers legal liability coverage. In addition, we purchase workers’ compensation insurance for all eligible employees and umbrella/excess liability coverage. Under our various liability and workers’ compensation insurance policies, we are obligated to reimburse the insurance carrier for the first $250,000 of any loss. As a result, we are, in effect, self-insured for all claims up to that deductible level. We utilize a third-party administrator to process and pay claims. We also purchase property insurance that provides coverage for loss or damage to our property and in some cases our clients’ property, as well as business interruption coverage for lost operating income and certain associated expenses. The deductible applicable to any given loss under our property insurance policy varies based upon the insured values and the peril that causes the loss. We also purchase group health insurance with respect to eligible full-time employees and family members (whether such employees work at leased or managed facilities) and are fully-insured for all covered expenses. We believe that our insurance coverage is adequate and consistent with industry practice.

Because of the size of the operations covered and our claims experience, we purchase insurance policies at prices that we believe represent a discount to the prices that would typically be charged to parking facility owners on a stand-alone basis. The clients for whom we operate parking facilities pursuant to management contracts have the option of purchasing their own liability insurance policies (provided that we are named as an additional insured pursuant to an additional insured endorsement), but historically most of our clients have chosen to obtain insurance coverage by being named as additional insureds under our master liability insurance policies. Pursuant to our management contracts we charge to such clients an allocated portion of our insurance-related costs at rates that we believe are competitive.

Competition

The parking industry is fragmented and highly competitive, with limited barriers to entry. We face direct competition for additional facilities to manage or lease, while our facilities themselves compete with nearby facilities for our parking customers and in the labor market generally for qualified employees. Moreover, the construction of new parking facilities near our existing facilities can adversely affect our business. There are only a few national parking management companies that compete with us. We also face competition from numerous smaller, locally owned independent parking operators, as well as from developers, hotels, national financial services companies and other institutions that manage their own parking facilities as well as facilities owned by others. Many municipalities and other governmental entities also operate their own parking facilities, potentially eliminating those facilities as management or lease opportunities for us. Some of our present and potential competitors have or may obtain greater financial and marketing resources than us, which may negatively impact our ability to retain existing contracts and gain new contracts. We face significant competition in our efforts to provide ancillary services such as shuttle bus services and on-street parking enforcement because several large companies specialize in these services.

Regulation

Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, a current or previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on, under or in such property. Such laws typically impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. In connection with the operation of parking facilities, we may be potentially liable for any such costs. In addition, from time to time we are involved in environmental issues at certain of our locations or in connection with our operations. While it is difficult to predict the ultimate outcome of any of these matters, based on information currently available, management believes that none of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. The cost of defending against claims of liability, or of remediating a contaminated property, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

15

Our business is not otherwise substantially affected by direct governmental regulation, although both municipal and state authorities sometimes directly regulate parking facilities. We are affected by laws and regulations (such as zoning ordinances) that are common to any business that deals with real estate and by regulations (such as labor and tax laws) that affect companies with a large number of employees. In addition, several state and local laws have been passed in recent years that encourage car pooling and the use of mass transit. Laws and regulations that reduce the number of cars and vehicles being driven could adversely impact our business.

In connection with certain transportation services provided to our clients, including shuttle bus operations, we provide the vehicles and the drivers to operate these transportation services. The U.S. Department of Transportation and various state agencies exercise broad powers over these transportation services, including, licensing and authorizations, safety and insurance requirements. Our employee drivers must also comply with the safety and fitness regulations promulgated by the Department Transportation, including those related to drug and alcohol testing and service hours. We may become subject to new and more restrictive federal and state regulations. Compliance with such regulations could hamper our ability to provide qualified drivers and increase our operating costs.

We are also subject to consumer credit laws and credit card industry rules and regulations relating to the processing of credit card transactions, including the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act and the Payment Card Data Security Standard. This law and these industry standards impose substantial financial penalties for non-compliance.

In addition, we are subject to laws generally applicable to businesses, including but not limited to federal, state and local regulations relating to wage and hour matters, employee classification, mandatory healthcare benefits, unlawful workplace discrimination and whistle blowing. Any actual or alleged failure to comply with any regulation applicable to our business or any whistle-blowing claim, even if without merit, could result in costly litigation, regulatory action or otherwise harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We collect and remit sales/parking taxes and file tax returns for and on behalf of ourselves and our clients. We are affected by laws and regulations that may impose a direct assessment on us for failure to remit sales/parking taxes or to file tax returns for ourselves and on behalf of our clients.

Various other governmental regulations affect our operation of parking facilities, both directly and indirectly, including the ADA. Under the ADA, all public accommodations, including parking facilities, are required to meet certain federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. For example, the ADA requires parking facilities to include handicapped spaces, headroom for wheelchair vans, attendants’ booths that accommodate wheelchairs and elevators that are operable by disabled persons. When negotiating management contracts and leases with clients, we generally require that the property owner contractually assume responsibility for any ADA liability in connection with the property. There can be no assurance, however, that the property owner has assumed such liability for any given property and there can be no assurance that we would not be held liable despite assumption of responsibility for such liability by the property owner. Management believes that the parking facilities we operate are in substantial compliance with ADA requirements^.

Regulations by the Federal Aviation Administration may affect our business. The FAA generally prohibits parking within 300 feet of airport terminals during times of heightened alert. The 300 foot rule and new regulations may prevent us from using a number of existing spaces during heightened security alerts at airports. Reductions in the number of parking spaces may reduce our gross profit and cash flow for both our leased facilities and those facilities we operate under management contracts.

Corporate Information

Our headquarters are located at 900 N. Michigan Avenue, Suite 1600, Chicago, Illinois 60611-1542. Our telephone number is (312) 274-2000. Our Standard Parking brand’s web site address is www.standardparking.com and our SP Plus^® brand’s website address is www.spplus.com. Our periodic reports

16

and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC are available free of charge through our web site promptly after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information contained on our web site or any other web site is not incorporated by reference into this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC, and you should not consider information contained on our web site or any other web site to be a part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.

Intellectual Property

Standard Parking^® and the Standard Parking logo, SP Plus^® and the SP Plus logo and Click and Park^® and the Click and Park^® logo, are service marks registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. In addition, we have registered the names and, as applicable, the logos of all of our material subsidiaries and divisions as service marks with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the equivalent state registry, including the right to the exclusive use of the name Central Park in the Chicago metropolitan area. We invented the Multi-Level Vehicle Parking Facility musical Theme Floor Reminder System. We have also registered the copyright rights in our proprietary software, such as Client View^TM, Hand Held Program^TM, License Plate Inventory Programs^TM and ParkStat^TM with the United States Copyright Office.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the specific risk factors described below together with all other information contained in or incorporated by reference into this report, as these risks, among others, are important factors that could cause our actual results to differ from our historical results. It is not possible to predict or identify all such factors. Consequently, you should not consider any such list to be a complete statement of all potential risks or uncertainties applicable to our business.

The failure to successfully complete or integrate our proposed business combination transaction with Central Parking Corporation could have a negative impact on our business.

On February 28, 2012, we signed a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger with Central Parking Corporation, or Central, providing for the merger of a subsidiary of our company with and into Central, with Central surviving as our wholly owned subsidiary. The transaction remains subject to approval of our stockholders, antitrust and other regulatory clearance, consummation of financing and other closing conditions. It is possible that one or more of the closing conditions may not be satisfied or that it may take an extended amount of time until they are. Accordingly, there is a risk that the proposed business combination transaction may not be completed on a timely basis or at all, which could have adverse effects on the market price of our common stock and on our operating results. Furthermore, the transaction involves numerous other risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the following:

• our ability to integrate Central into our business successfully and the amount of time, management attention and expense spent and incurred in connection with the integration;

• the risk that the economic benefits, cost savings and other synergies that we anticipate as a result of the transaction are not fully realized or take longer to realize than expected;

• the risk that certain risk and liabilities associated with the transaction have not been discovered;

• the risk that required antitrust or other regulatory clearance may result in the imposition of conditions that could adversely affect the operations of the combined company or cause the parties to abandon the transaction;

• the effects of any litigation that may be commenced in connection with the transaction;

• the impact of the issuance of our common stock as consideration in the transaction on our current holders of common stock, including dilution of their ownership and voting interests;

• potential adverse effects on the market price of our common stock caused by the sale of such stock held by Central stockholders following the transaction; and

17

• the effect of the transaction on our and Central’s relationships with our respective clients, customers and employees.

Additional information regarding the risks and uncertainties associated with the proposed transaction will be contained in the proxy statement we file in connection with the approval of our stockholders of the issuance of our common stock in the transaction.

We are subject to intense competition that can constrain our ability to gain business, as well as our profitability.

We believe that competition in parking facility management and our ancillary services is intense. The low cost of entry into the parking facility management business has led to a strongly competitive, fragmented market consisting primarily of a variety of entities ranging from single lot operators to large regional and national multi-facility operators, as well as municipal and other governmental entities that choose not to outsource their parking operations. Competitors may be able to adapt more quickly to changes in customer requirements, or devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their services. We provide nearly all of our services under contracts, many of which are obtained through competitive bidding, and many of our competitors also have long-standing relationships with our clients. Providers of parking facility management services have traditionally competed on the basis of cost and quality of service. As we have worked to establish ourselves as one of the principal members of the industry, we compete predominately on the basis of high levels of service and strong relationships. We may not be able to, or may choose not to, compete with certain competitors on the basis of price. As a result, a greater proportion of our clients may switch to other service providers or self-manage. Furthermore, these strong competitive pressures could impede our success in bidding for profitable business and our ability to increase prices even as costs rise, thereby reducing margins.

Our management contracts and leases expose us to certain risks.

The loss or renewal on less favorable terms of a substantial number of management contracts or leases could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. A material reduction in the operating income associated with the integrated services we provide under management contracts and leases could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our management contracts are typically for a term of one to three years, although the contracts may often be terminated, without cause, on 30 days’ notice or less, giving clients regular opportunities to attempt to negotiate a reduction in our fees or other allocated costs. Any loss of a significant number of clients could in the aggregate materially adversely affect our operating results. In addition, we are particularly exposed to increases in costs for locations that we operate under leases because we are generally responsible for all the operating expenses of our leased locations. An increase in cost of parking services could reduce our gross profit derived from locations that we operate under leases.

Adverse litigation judgments or settlements resulting from legal proceedings in which we may be involved in the normal course of our business could affect our operations and financial condition.

In the normal course of business, we are from time to time involved in various legal proceedings. We do not believe that any pending claim, proceeding or litigation, either alone or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial position; however, the outcome of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted. It is possible that an unfavorable outcome of some or all of the matters could cause us to incur substantial liabilities that may have a material adverse effect upon our financial condition and results of operations. Any significant adverse litigation judgments or settlements could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The operation of our business is dependent upon key personnel.

Our success is, and will continue to be, substantially dependent upon the continued services of our executive management team. The loss of the services of one or more of the members of our executive management team could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Although we have

18

entered into employment agreements with, and historically have been successful in retaining the services of, our executive management, there can be no assurance that we will be able to retain them in the future. In addition, our continued growth depends upon our ability to attract and retain skilled operating managers and employees.

Deterioration in economic conditions in general could reduce the demand for our parking and ancillary services and, as a result, reduce our earnings and adversely affect our financial condition.

Adverse changes in global, national and local economic conditions could have a negative impact on our business. High domestic unemployment has contributed to reduced discretionary spending by consumers and slowed or reduced economic activity by businesses in the United States and most major global economies compared to previous levels. In addition, our business operations tend to be concentrated in large urban areas. Many of our customers are workers who commute by car to their places of employment in these urban centers. Our business could be materially adversely affected to the extent that weak economic conditions or demographic factors have resulted in the elimination of jobs and high unemployment in these large urban areas. In addition, increased unemployment levels, the movement of white-collar jobs from urban centers to suburbs or out of North America entirely, increased office vacancies in urban areas, movement toward home office alternatives, or lower consumer spending could reduce consumer demand for our services.

Adverse changes in economic conditions could also lead to a decline in parking at airports and commercial facilities, including facilities owned by retail operators and hotels. In particular, reductions in parking at leased facilities can lower our profit because a decrease in revenue would be exacerbated by fixed costs that we must pay under our leases. As of December 31, 2011, we operated 9% of our locations under leases, and for the year ended December 31, 2011, we derived 12% of our gross profit from leases.

If adverse economic conditions reduce discretionary spending, business travel or other economic activity that fuels demand for our services, our earnings could be reduced. Adverse changes in local and national economic conditions could also depress prices for our services or cause our clients to cancel their agreements to purchase our services.

We must comply with public and private regulations that may impose significant costs on us.

Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, a current or previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on, under or in such property. These laws typically impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. In connection with the operation of parking facilities, we may be potentially liable for such costs. In addition, from time to time we are involved in environmental issues at certain of locations or in connection with our operations. While it is difficult to predict the ultimate outcome of any of these matters, based on information currently available, our management believes that none of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. The cost of defending against claims of liability, or remediation of a contaminated property, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, several state and local laws have been passed in recent years that encourage car pooling and the use of mass transit. Laws and regulations that reduce the number of cars and vehicles being driven could adversely impact our business.

In connection with certain transportation services provided to our clients, including shuttle bus operations, we provide the vehicles and the drivers to operate these transportation services. The U.S. Department of Transportation and various state agencies exercise broad powers over these transportation services, including, licensing and authorizations, safety and insurance requirements. Our employee drivers must also comply with the safety and fitness regulations promulgated by the Department Transportation, including those related to drug and alcohol testing and service hours. We may become subject to new and more restrictive federal and state regulations. Compliance with such regulations could hamper our ability to provide qualified drivers and increase our operating costs.

19

We are also subject to consumer credit laws and credit card industry rules and regulations relating to the processing of credit card transactions, including the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act and the Payment Card Data Security Standard. This law and these industry standards impose substantial financial penalties for non-compliance.

In addition, we are subject to laws generally applicable to businesses, including but not limited to federal, state and local regulations relating to wage and hour matters, employee classification, mandatory healthcare benefits, unlawful workplace discrimination and whistle blowing. Any actual or alleged failure to comply with any regulation applicable to our business or any whistle-blowing claim, even if without merit, could result in costly litigation, regulatory action or otherwise harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We collect and remit sales/parking taxes and file tax returns for and on behalf of ourselves and our clients. We are affected by laws and regulations that may impose a direct assessment on us for failure to remit sales/parking taxes and filing of tax returns for ourselves and on behalf of our clients.

The financial difficulties or bankruptcy of one or more of our major clients could adversely affect our results.

Future revenue and our ability to collect accounts receivable depend, in part, on the financial strength of our clients. We estimate an allowance for accounts we do not consider collectible, and this allowance adversely impacts profitability. In the event that our clients experience financial difficulty, become unable to obtain financing or seek bankruptcy protection, our profitability would be further impacted by our failure to collect accounts receivable in excess of the estimated allowance. Additionally, our future revenue would be reduced by the loss of these clients or by the cancellation of leases or management contracts by clients in bankruptcy.

Additional funds would need to be reserved for future insurance losses if such losses are worse than expected.

We provide liability and worker’s compensation insurance coverage consistent with our obligations to our clients under our various management contracts and leases. We are obligated to reimburse our insurance carrier for each loss incurred in the current policy year up to the amount of a deductible specified in our insurance policies. The per-occurrence deductible for our various liability and workers’ compensation policies is $250,000. We also purchase property insurance that provides coverage for loss or damage to our property, and in some cases our clients’ property, as well as business interruption coverage for lost operating income and certain associated expenses. The deductible applicable to any given loss under our property insurance policy varies based upon the insured values and the peril that causes the loss. Our financial statements reflect our funding of all such obligations based upon guidance and evaluation we have received from third-party insurance professionals. There can be no assurance, however, that the ultimate amount of our obligations will not exceed the amount presently funded or accrued, in which case we would need to set aside additional funds to reserve for any such excess. Changes in insurance reserves as a result of periodic evaluations of the liabilities can cause swings in our operating results that may not be indicative of the operations of our ongoing business. Additionally, our obligations could increase if we receive a greater number of insurance claims, or if the severity of, or the administrative costs associated with, those claims generally increases. A material increase in insurance costs due to a change in the number or severity of claims, claim costs or premiums paid by us could have a material adverse effect on our operating income.

Labor disputes could lead to loss of revenues or expense variations.

At December 31, 2011, approximately 31% of our employees were represented by labor unions. Approximately 22% of our collective bargaining contracts, representing approximately 5% of our employees, are up for renewal in 2012. In addition, at any given time, we may face a number of union organizing drives. When one or more of our major collective bargaining agreements becomes subject to renegotiation or when we face union organizing drives, the union and we may disagree on important issues that, in turn, could lead to a strike,

20

work slowdown or other job actions. There can be no assurance that we will be able to renew existing labor union contracts on acceptable terms. In such cases, there are no assurances that we would be able to staff sufficient employees for our short-term needs. A strike, work slowdown or other job action could in some cases disrupt us from providing services, resulting in reduced revenues. If declines in client service occur or if our clients are targeted for sympathy strikes by other unionized workers, contract cancellations could result. The result of negotiating a first time agreement or renegotiating an existing collective bargaining agreement could result in a substantial increase in labor and benefits expenses that we may be unable to pass through to clients. In addition, potential legislation could make it significantly easier for union organizing drives to be successful and could give third-party arbitrators the ability to impose terms of collective bargaining agreements upon us and a labor union if we and such union are unable to agree to the terms of a collective bargaining agreement.

In addition, we make contributions to multiemployer benefit plans on behalf of certain employees covered by collective bargaining agreements and could be responsible for paying unfunded liabilities incurred by such benefit plans, which amount could be material.

Natural disasters or acts of terrorism, including cyber terrorism, could disrupt services.

Storms, earthquakes, drought, floods or other natural disasters or acts of terrorism may result in reduced revenues. Disasters may also cause economic dislocations throughout the country. Acts of cyber terrorism involve the premeditated use of disruptive activities, or the threat thereof, involving computers and/or networks, with the intention to cause harm or further social, ideological, religious, political or similar objectives. The occurrence of acts of cyber terrorism such as website defacement, denial of automated payment services, sabotage of our proprietary on-demand technology or the use of electronic social media to disseminate unfounded or otherwise harmful allegations to our reputation, could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, terrorist attacks have resulted in, and may continue to result in, increased government regulation of airlines and airport facilities, including imposition of minimum distances between parking facilities and terminals, resulting in the elimination of currently managed parking facilities. We derive a significant percentage of our gross profit from parking facilities and parking related services in and around airports. The Federal Aviation Administration generally prohibits parking within 300 feet of airport terminals during periods of heightened security. While the prohibition is not currently in effect, there can be no assurance that this governmental prohibition will not again be reinstated. The existing regulations governing parking within 300 feet of airport terminals or future regulations may prevent us from using certain parking spaces. Reductions in the number of parking spaces and air travelers may reduce our revenue and cash flow for both our leased facilities and those facilities we operate under management contracts.

State and municipal government clients may sell or enter into long-term leases of parking-related assets to our competitors.

In order to raise additional revenue, a number of state and municipal governments have either sold or entered into long-term leases of public assets or may be contemplating such transactions. The assets that are the subject of such transactions have included government-owned parking garages located in downtown commercial districts and parking operations at airports. The sale or long-term leasing of such government-owned parking assets to our competitors or clients of our competitors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Uncertainty in the credit markets may negatively impact our ability to collect receivables on a timely basis and our cash flow.

The United States and global economies and the financial and credit markets continue to experience slow growth, and there continues to be diminished liquidity and credit availability in certain sectors. In addition, the tightening of credit in financial markets may adversely affect the ability of our clients to obtain financing, which could adversely impact our ability to collect amounts due from such clients or result in a decrease, or cancellation, of our services under our client contracts. Declines in our ability to collect receivables or in the level of client spending could adversely affect the results of our operations and our liquidity.

21

Our ability to expand our business will be dependent upon the availability of adequate capital.

The rate of our expansion will depend in part upon the availability of adequate capital, which in turn will depend in large part upon cash flow generated by our business and the availability of equity and debt capital. In addition, our senior credit facility contains provisions that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness and/or make substantial investments or acquisitions. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will be able to finance our current growth strategy.

The sureties for our performance bond program may elect not to provide us with new or renewal performance bonds for any reason.

As is customary in the industry, a surety provider can refuse to provide a bond principal with new or renewal surety bonds. If any existing or future surety provider refuses to provide us with surety bonds, either generally or because we are unwilling or unable to post collateral at levels sufficient to satisfy the surety’s requirements, there can be no assurance that we would be able to find alternate providers on acceptable terms, or at all. Our inability to provide surety bonds could also result in the loss of existing contracts. Failure to find a provider of surety bonds, and our resulting inability to bid for new contracts or renew existing contracts, could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Federal health care reform legislation may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 were signed into law in the United States (collectively, the “Health Care Reform Laws”). The Health Care Reform Laws include a large number of health-related provisions that become effective over the next four years, including requiring most individuals to have health insurance and establishing new regulations on health plans. Although the Health Care Reform Laws do not mandate that employers offer health insurance, beginning in 2014 penalties will be assessed on large employers who do not offer health insurance that meets certain affordability or benefit requirements. Providing such additional health insurance benefits to our employees, or the payment of penalties if such coverage is not provided, would increase our expense. If we are unable to raise the rates we charge our clients to cover this expense, such increases in expense could reduce our operating profit.

In addition, under the Health Care Reform Laws employers will have to file a significant amount of additional information with the Internal Revenue Service and will have to develop systems and processes to track requisite information. We will have to modify our current systems, which could increase our general and administrative expense.

We do not maintain insurance coverage for all possible risks.

We maintain a comprehensive portfolio of insurance policies to help protect us against loss or damage incurred from a wide variety of insurable risks. Each year, we review with our professional insurance advisers whether the insurance policies and associated coverage that we maintain are sufficient to adequately protect us from the various types of risk to which we are exposed in the ordinary course of business. That analysis takes into account various pertinent factors such as the likelihood that we would incur a material loss from any given risk as well as the cost of obtaining insurance coverage against any such risk. While we believe that we maintain a comprehensive portfolio of insurance that is consistent with customary business practices and adequately protects us from the risks that we typically face in the ordinary course of our business, there can be no assurance that we may not sustain a material loss for which we do not maintain any, or adequate insurance coverage.

22

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Parking Facilities

We operate parking facilities in 41 states and the District of Columbia in the United States and five provinces of Canada. We do not currently own any parking facilities. The following table summarizes certain information regarding our facilities as of December 31, 2011:

		# of Locations						# of Spaces
States/Provinces	Airports and Urban Cities	Airport		Urban		Total		Airport		Urban		Total
Alabama	Airports and Auburn		2		2		4		1,562		920		2,482
Alberta	Airports, Calgary and Edmonton		3		26		29		—		15,539		15,539
Arizona	Phoenix and Tempe		—		18		18		—		15,729		15,729
British Columbia	Vancouver		—		1		1		—		701		701
California	Airports, Beverly Hills, Burbank, Encino, Glendale, Long Beach, Los Angeles, Sacramento, San Francisco, San Jose, Santa Monica and Woodland Hills		3		622		625		3,793		182,231		186,024
Colorado	Airports, Aurora, Colorado Springs, and Denver		9		61		70		40,477		37,020		77,497
Connecticut	Airports and Bridgeport		8		1		9		7,941		20		7,961
Delaware	Wilmington		—		1		1		—		473		473
District of Columbia	Airport and Washington, DC		1		18		19		—		5,968		5,968
Florida	Airports, Coral Gables, Ft. Myers, Miami, Orlando and Tampa		2		71		73		12,749		30,005		42,754
Georgia	Airports and Atlanta		14		36		50		31,491		34,266		65,757
Hawaii	Airports, Honolulu, and Lahaina		3		36		39		2,455		13,354		15,809
Idaho	Airport		1		—		1		915		—		915
Illinois	Airports, Chicago and Hoffman Estates		13		219		232		37,366		99,050		136,416
Indiana	Airport and Indianapolis		1		5		6		2,305		—		2,305
Kansas	Kansas City and Topeka		—		3		3		—		1,317		1,317
Kentucky	Airports		6		—		6		16,748		—		16,748
Louisiana	Airports and New Orleans		2		18		20		2,608		7,573		10,181
Maine	Airports and Portland		3		3		6		2,288		1,890		4,178
Manitoba	Winnipeg		—		9		9		—		886		886
Maryland	Baltimore, Landover and Oxon Hill		—		34		34		—		43,680		43,680
Massachusetts	Boston, Cambridge, Chestnut Hill and Hopkinton		—		102		102		—		29,529		29,529
Michigan	Airports and Detroit		8		1		9		16,254		—		16,254
Minnesota	Minneapolis and St. Paul		—		23		23		—		7,089		7,089
Missouri	Airports and Kansas City		7		80		87		26,644		24,793		51,437
Montana	Airports		6		—		6		4,864		—		4,864
Nebraska	Airports		2		—		2		1,307		—		1,307
Nevada	Las Vegas		—		3		3		—		200		200
New Jersey	Camden, Newark, Paterson and Wayne		—		37		37		—		20,323		20,323
New Mexico	Airport		1		—		1		—		—		—
New York	Airports, Bronx, Buffalo and New York City		7		54		61		11,810		40,272		52,082
North Carolina	Airport and Charlotte		1		16		17		1,403		12,167		13,570
North Dakota	Airports		2		—		2		2,336		—		2,336
Ohio	Airports, Akron, Cleveland, Columbus and Dayton		8		113		121		10,695		75,610		86,305
Ontario	Airport, Hamilton and Toronto		1		104		105		2,075		34,032		36,107
Oregon	Airports		7		—		7		18,293		—		18,293
Pennsylvania	Airport, Philadelphia and Westchester		1		23		24		1,114		15,047		16,161
Quebec	Gatineau		—		1		1		—		993		993
Rhode Island	Airports		7		—		7		9,027		—		9,027
South Dakota	Airports		2		—		2		2,716		—		2,716
Tennessee	Airports and Memphis		5		3		8		8,745		1,045		9,790
Texas	Airports, Austin, Dallas, Fort Worth and Houston		4		83		87		7,352		77,422		84,774
Utah	Salt Lake City		—		11		11		—		6,154		6,154
Virginia	Airports, Arlington, Fairfax and Richmond		8		53		61		11,280		34,143		45,423
Washington	Airports, Bellevue and Seattle		2		96		98		1,483		18,507		19,990
Wisconsin	Airports and Milwaukee		3		10		13		4,384		9,326		13,710
Wyoming	Casper and Mills		—		4		4		—		1,840		1,840
	Totals		153		2,001		2,154		304,480		899,114		1,203,594

23

We have interest in thirteen joint ventures and three limited liability companies. The twelve joint ventures each operate between one and twenty-two parking facilities. We are the general partner of one limited partnership, which operates nine parking facilities. For additional information, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Summary of Operating Facilities.”

Office Leases

We lease approximately 24,000 square feet of office space for our corporate offices in Chicago, Illinois. The lease expires in 2013. We have a right of first opportunity on an additional 24,000 square feet. We are currently assessing various options for office space to ensure that when our current lease expires we will have adequate facilities to meet current and foreseeable future needs.

We also lease regional offices. These lease agreements generally include renewal and expansion options, and we believe that these facilities are adequate to meet our current and foreseeable future needs.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are subject to litigation in the normal course of our business. The outcomes of legal proceedings and claims brought against us and other loss contingencies are subject to significant uncertainty. We accrue a charge against income when our management determines that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. In addition, we accrue for the authoritative judgments or assertions made against us by government agencies at the time of their rendering regardless of our intent to appeal. In determining the appropriate accounting for loss contingencies, we consider the likelihood of loss or impairment of an asset or the incurrence of a liability, as well as our ability to reasonably estimate the amount of loss. We regularly evaluate current information available to us to determine whether an accrual should be established or adjusted. Estimating the probability that a loss will occur and estimating the amount of a loss or a range of loss involves significant judgment.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFTEY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

24

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “STAN.” The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices for our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

	2011				2010
	Sales Price				Sales Price
Quarter Ended	High		Low		High		Low
March 31	$	19.40	$	16.88	$	17.14	$	16.04
June 30	$	17.88	$	14.88	$	17.45	$	15.01
September 30	$	17.07	$	14.87	$	17.40	$	14.61
December 31	$	18.97	$	14.83	$	20.04	$	15.75

Holders

As of March 7, 2012, there were 2,131 holders of our common stock, based on the number of record holders of our common stock and an estimate of the number of individual participants represented by security position listings.

Dividends

We did not pay a cash dividend in respect of our common stock in 2011 or 2010. By the terms of our senior credit facility, we are restricted from paying cash dividends on our capital stock while such facility is in effect.

There are no restrictions on the ability of our wholly owned subsidiaries to pay cash dividends to us.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

Plan Category	Number of Securities to be Based Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights (a)		Weighted-Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights (b)		Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected in Column (a)) (c)
Equity compensation plans approved by securities holders		757,124	$	0.75		121,493
Equity compensation plans not approved by securities holders		—		—		—
Total		757,124	$	0.75		121,493

25

Stock Repurchases

The following table contains detail related to the repurchase of common stock by us based on the date of trade during the quarter ended December 31, 2011. (In thousands except share and per share data)

Quarter Ended December 31, 2011	Total Number of Shares Purchased		Average Price Paid Per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs		Maximum Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plan or Program
From October 1 to October 31		116,000	$	16.85		116,000	$	13,014
From November 1 to November 30		31,600		17.63		31,600		12,457
From December 1 to December 31		—		—		—		12,457
Total for the quarter ended December 31		147,600	$	17.02		147,600	$	12,457

2011 Stock Repurchases

In June 2011, our Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase shares of our common stock, on the open market, up to $20.0 million in aggregate and cancelled a prior authorization from 2008.

During the second quarter of 2011, we repurchased 27,803 shares from third party shareholders at an average price of $15.52 per share, including average commissions of $0.03 per share, on the open market. The total value of the second quarter transactions was $0.4 million. At June 30, 2011, 27,803 shares were held as treasury stock. In July 2011 we returned the shares to authorized and unissued.

During the third quarter of 2011, we repurchased 286,109 shares from third party shareholders at an average price of $16.08 per share, including average commissions of $0.03 per share, on the open market. The total value of the third quarter transactions was $4.6 million. At September 30, 2011, 55,370 shares were held as treasury stock. In October 2011 we returned the shares to authorized and unissued.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, we repurchased 147,600 shares from third party shareholders at an average price of $17.02 per share, including average commissions of $0.03 per share, on the open market. The total value of the fourth quarter transactions was $2.5 million. At December 31, 2011, no shares were held as treasury stock and all repurchased shares were returned the shares to authorized and unissued.

As of December 31, 2011, $12.5 million remained available for stock repurchases under the June 2011 authorization by the Board of Directors.

2010 Stock Repurchases

No share repurchases were made by us in 2010.

26

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere herein. The table also presents selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included herein. The selected financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Result of Operations” and the historical consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for years 2011, 2010 and 2009 which are included elsewhere herein. The historical results do not necessarily indicate results expected for any future period.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
	(In thousands)
Statement of Operations Data:
Parking services revenue:
Lease contracts	$	147,510		$	138,664		$	140,441		$	154,311		$	145,327
Management contracts		173,725			171,331			153,382			145,828			119,612
Reimbursed management contract revenue		408,427			411,148			401,671			400,621			356,782
Total revenue		729,662			721,143			695,494			700,760			621,721
Cost of parking services:
Lease contracts		136,494			128,613			130,897			140,058			129,550
Management contracts		96,159			94,481			84,167			69,285			49,726
Reimbursed management contract expense		408,427			411,148			401,671			400,621			356,782
Total cost of parking services		641,080			634,242			616,735			609,964			536,058
Gross profit:
Lease contracts		11,016			10,051			9,544			14,253			15,777
Management contracts		77,566			76,850			69,215			76,543			69,886
Total gross profit		88,582			86,901			78,759			90,796			85,663
General and administrative expenses		48,297			47,878			44,707			47,619			44,796
Depreciation and amortization		6,618			6,074			5,828			6,059			5,335
Operating income		33,667			32,949			28,224			37,118			35,532
Interest expense		4,691			5,335			6,012			6,476			7,056
Interest income		(537	)		(249	)		(268	)		(173	)		(610	)
		4,154			5,086			5,744			6,303			6,446
Income before income taxes		29,513			27,863			22,480			30,815			29,086
Income tax expense		11,235			10,755			8,265			11,622			11,267
Net income		18,278			17,108			14,215			19,193			17,819
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest(1)		378			268			123			148			446
Net income attributable to Standard Parking Corporation	$	17,900		$	16,840		$	14,092		$	19,045		$	17,373
Balance Sheet Data (at end of year):
Cash and cash equivalents	$	13,220		$	7,305		$	8,256		$	8,301		$	8,466
Total assets		257,073			255,632			242,754			229,241			215,388
Total debt		82,013			97,902			113,211			125,064			80,363
Total Standard Parking Corporation stockholders’ equity		49,727			36,878			14,749			1,017			39,339

(1) Reflects the retrospective adoption, effective January 1, 2009, of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 810, Consolidation (formerly FAS 160) (“ASC 810”). Upon adoption of ASC 810, we reclassified minority interests in our consolidated balance sheet from accrued expenses to noncontrolling interests in the equity section. Additionally, we changed the way noncontrolling interests are presented within the consolidated statement of income such that the statement of income reflects results attributable to both our interests and noncontrolling interests. While the accounting provisions of ASC 810 are being applied prospectively beginning January 1, 2009, the presentation and disclosure requirements have been applied retrospectively. The results attributable to our interests did not change upon the adoption of ASC 810.

27

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of our results of operations should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere herein. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth in Item 1A “Risk Factors” and elsewhere herein.

Overview

Our Business

We manage parking facilities in urban markets and at airports across the United States and in five Canadian provinces. We do not own any facilities, but instead enter into contractual relationships with property owners or managers.

We operate our clients’ properties through two types of arrangements: management contracts and leases. Under a management contract, we typically receive a base monthly fee for managing the facility, and we may also receive an incentive fee based on the achievement of facility performance objectives. We also receive fees for ancillary services. Typically, all of the underlying revenues and expenses under a standard management contract flow through to our clients rather than to us. However, some management contracts, which are referred to as “reverse” management contracts, usually provide for larger management fees and require us to pay various costs. Under lease arrangements, we generally pay to the property owner either a fixed annual rent, a percentage of gross customer collections or a combination thereof. We collect all revenues under lease arrangements and we are responsible for most operating expenses, but we are typically not responsible for major maintenance, capital expenditures or real estate taxes. Margins for lease contracts vary significantly, not only due to operating performance, but also due to variability of parking rates in different cities and varying space utilization by parking facility type and location. As of December 31, 2011, we operated 91% of our locations under management contracts and 9% under leases.

In evaluating our financial condition and operating performance, management’s primary focus is on our gross profit, total general and administrative expense and general and administrative expense as a percentage of our gross profit. Although the underlying economics to us of management contracts and leases are similar, the manner in which we are required to account for them differs. Revenue from leases includes all gross customer collections derived from our leased locations (net of parking tax), whereas revenue from management contracts only includes our contractually agreed upon management fees and amounts attributable to ancillary services. Gross customer collections at facilities under management contracts, therefore, are not included in our revenue. Accordingly, while a change in the proportion of our operating agreements that are structured as leases versus management contracts may cause significant fluctuations in reported revenue and expense of parking services, that change will not artificially affect our gross profit. For example, as of December 31, 2011, 91% of our locations were operated under management contracts and 88% of our gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2011 was derived from management contracts. Only 54% of total revenue (excluding reimbursed management contract revenue), however, was from management contracts because under those contracts the revenue collected from parking customers belongs to our clients. Therefore, gross profit and total general and administrative expense, rather than revenue, are management’s primary focus.

General Business Trends

We believe that sophisticated commercial real estate developers and property managers and owners recognize the potential for parking and related services to be a profit generator rather than a cost center. Often, the parking experience makes both the first and the last impressions on their properties’ tenants and visitors. By outsourcing these services, they are able to capture additional profit by leveraging the unique operational skills and controls that an experienced parking management company can offer. Our ability to consistently deliver a

28

uniformly high level of parking and related services and maximize the profit to our clients improves our ability to win contracts and retain existing locations. Our location retention rate for the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 was 91%, which also reflects our decision not to renew, or terminate, unprofitable contracts.

For the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, average gross profit per location did not change significantly from $41.0 thousand in 2010 compared to $41.1 thousand in 2011.

Summary of Operating Facilities

We focus our operations in core markets where a concentration of locations improves customer service levels and operating margins. The following table reflects our facilities operated at the end of the years indicated:

	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010		December 31, 2009
Managed facilities		1,953		1,907		1,921
Leased facilities		201		212		208
Total facilities		2,154		2,119		2,129

Revenue

We recognize parking services revenue from lease and management contracts as the related services are provided. Substantially all of our revenues come from the following two sources:

• Parking services revenue—lease contracts. Parking services revenues related to lease contracts consist of all revenue received at a leased facility, including parking receipts (net of parking tax), consulting and real estate development fees, gains on sales of contracts and payments for exercising termination rights.

• Parking services revenue—management contracts. Management contract revenue consists of management fees, including both fixed and performance-based fees, and amounts attributable to ancillary services such as accounting, equipment leasing, payments received for exercising termination rights, consulting, development fees, gains on sales of contracts, insurance and other value-added services with respect to managed locations. We believe we generally purchase required insurance at lower rates than our clients can obtain on their own because we effectively self-insure for all liability and worker’s compensation claims by maintaining a large per-claim deductible. As a result, we have generated operating income on the insurance provided under our management contracts by focusing on our risk management efforts and controlling losses. Management contract revenues do not include gross customer collections at the managed locations as this revenue belongs to the property owner rather than to us. Management contracts generally provide us with a management fee regardless of the operating performance of the underlying facility.

Conversions between type of contracts, lease or management, are typically determined by our clients and not us. Although the underlying economics to us of management contracts and leases are similar, the manner in which we account for them differs substantially.

Reimbursed Management Contract Revenue

Reimbursed of management contract revenue consists of the direct reimbursement from the property owner for operating expenses incurred under a management contract, which is reflected in our revenue.

29

Cost of Parking Services

Our cost of parking services consists of the following:

• Cost of parking services—lease contracts. The cost of parking services under a lease arrangement consists of contractual rental fees paid to the facility owner and all operating expenses incurred in connection with operating the leased facility. Contractual fees paid to the facility owner are generally based on either a fixed contractual amount or a percentage of gross revenue or a combination thereof. Generally, under a lease arrangement we are not responsible for major capital expenditures or real estate taxes.

• Cost of parking services—management contracts. The cost of parking services under a management contract is generally the responsibility of the facility owner. As a result, these costs are not included in our results of operations. However, our reverse management contracts, which typically provide for larger management fees, do require us to pay for certain costs.

Reimbursed Management Contract Expense

Reimbursed management contract expense consists of direct reimbursed costs incurred on behalf of property owners under a management contract, which is reflected in our cost of parking services.

Gross Profit

Gross profit equals our revenue less the cost of generating such revenue. This is the key metric we use to examine our performance because it captures the underlying economic benefit to us of both lease contracts and management contracts.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include salaries, wages, payroll taxes, insurance, travel and office related expenses for our headquarters, field offices, supervisory employees, and board of directors.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation is determined using a straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various asset classes or in the case of leasehold improvements, over the initial term of the operating lease or its useful life, whichever is shorter. Intangible assets determined to have finite lives are amortized over their remaining useful life.

Results of Operations

Fiscal 2011 Compared to Fiscal 2010

Segments

An operating segment is defined as a component of an enterprise that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur expenses, and about which separate financial information is regularly evaluated by our chief operating decision maker, in deciding how to allocate resources. Our chief operating decision maker is our president and chief executive officer.

Our business is managed based on regions administered by executive vice presidents. The following is a summary of revenues (excluding reimbursed management contract revenue) by region for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. Information related to prior years has been recast to conform to the current regional alignment.

30

Region One encompasses operations in Alabama, Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Virginia, and Wisconsin.

Region Two encompasses our Canadian operations, event planning and transportation, and our technology-based parking and traffic management systems.

Region Three encompasses operations in Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Louisiana, Nevada, Texas, Utah, Washington, and Wyoming.

Region Four encompasses all major airport and transportation operations nationwide.

Other consists of ancillary revenue that is not specifically identifiable to a region and insurance reserve adjustments related to prior years.

The following tables present the material factors that impact our financial statements on an operating segment basis.

Segment revenue information is summarized as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	Region One				Region Two				Region Three				Region Four				Other				Total				Variance
	2011		2010		2011		2010		2011		2010		2011		2010		2011		2010		2011		2010		Amount			%
	(In millions)
Lease contract revenue:
New location	$	4.5	$	1.4	$	0.8	$	—	$	1.0	$	0.6	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	6.3	$	2.0	$	4.3			215.0
Contract expirations		1.1		4.3		0.1		0.2		0.1		0.7		—		1.1		—		—		1.3		6.3		(5.0	)		(79.4	)
Same location		68.4		66.2		2.5		2.2		20.2		19.5		39.5		38.4		—		—		130.6		126.3		4.3			3.4
Conversions		7.2		3.5		—		—		2.1		0.6		—		—		—		—		9.3		4.1		5.2			126.8
Total lease contract revenue	$	81.2	$	75.4	$	3.4	$	2.4	$	23.4	$	21.4	$	39.5	$	39.5	$	—	$	—	$	147.5	$	138.7	$	8.8			6.3
Management contract revenue:
New location	$	7.0	$	1.1	$	2.7	$	0.6	$	4.5	$	1.2	$	20.0	$	14.0	$	—	$	—	$	34.2	$	16.9	$	17.3			102.4
Contract expirations		2.2		7.2		0.9		14.0		1.8		5.3		1.0		1.7		—		—		5.9		28.2		(22.3	)		(79.1	)
Same location		44.9		39.8		16.5		11.3		45.3		45.3		26.5		29.3		0.3		0.1		133.5		125.8		7.7			6.1
Conversions		0.1		0.3		—		—		—		0.1		—		—		—		—		0.1		0.4		(0.3	)		(75.0	)
Total management contract revenue	$	54.2	$	48.4	$	20.1	$	25.9	$	51.6	$	51.9	$	47.5	$	45.0	$	0.3	$	0.1	$	173.7	$	171.3	$	2.4			1.4

Parking services revenue—lease contracts. Lease contract revenue increased $8.8 million, or 6.3%, to $147.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $138.7 million in the year-ago period. The increase resulted primarily from increases in revenue from new locations and conversions from management contracts, partially offset by decreases in revenue from contract expirations. Same location revenue for those facilities, which as of December 31, 2011 are the comparative periods for the two years presented, increased 3.4%. The increase in same location revenue was due to increases in short-term parking revenue of $3.3 million, or 3.6%, and increases in monthly parking revenue of $1.0 million, or 2.7%. Revenue associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that expired during the current period.

Parking services revenue—management contracts. Management contract revenue increased $2.4 million, or 1.4%, to $173.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $171.3 million in the year-ago period. The increase resulted primarily from new locations, which was offset by the decrease in revenue from contract expirations and conversions. Same locations revenue for those facilities, which as of December 31, 2011 are the comparative periods for the two years presented, increased 6.1%, primarily due to increased fees from reverse management locations and ancillary services.

31

Reimbursed management contract revenue. Reimbursed management contract revenue decreased $2.7 million, or 0.6%, to $408.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $411.1 million in the year-ago period. This decrease resulted from a reduction in reimbursements for costs incurred on behalf of owners.

Lease contract revenue increased primarily due to conversions in regions one and three, combined with new location revenue in regions one, two and three and same location revenue in all four operating regions. This was partially offset by decreases in contract expirations in all four operating regions. Same location revenue increases for the aforementioned regions were primarily due to increases in short-term parking revenue and monthly parking revenue.

Management contract revenue increased primarily due to new location revenue in all four operating regions and same location revenue in regions one, two and other. This was offset with by contract expirations in all four regions, conversion in regions one and three and same location revenue declines in region four. The increases in same location revenue were primarily due to an increase in fees from reverse management locations and ancillary services. For comparability purposes, revenue associated with contract expirations relate to the contracts that expired during the current period.

Segment cost of parking services information is summarized as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	Region One				Region Two				Region Three				Region Four				Other						Total				Variance
	2011		2010		2011		2010		2011		2010		2011		2010		2011			2010			2011		2010		Amount			%
	(In millions)
Cost of parking services lease contracts:
New location	$	4.1	$	1.2	$	0.8	$	—	$	0.9	$	0.6	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	5.8	$	1.8	$	4.0			222.2
Contract expirations		1.1		4.2		0.1		0.2		0.1		0.5		0.2		1.1		—			—			1.5		6.0		(4.5	)		(75.0	)
Same location		63.3		61.4		2.2		2.0		18.1		17.8		36.6		35.4		(0.1	)		(0.2	)		120.1		116.4		3.7			3.2
Conversions		7.2		3.8		—		—		1.9		0.6		—		—		—			—			9.1		4.4		4.7			106.8
Total cost of parking services lease contracts	$	75.7	$	70.6	$	3.1	$	2.2	$	21.0	$	19.5	$	36.8	$	36.5	$	(0.1	)	$	(0.2	)	$	136.5	$	128.6	$	7.9			6.1
Cost of parking services management contracts:
New location	$	2.8	$	0.4	$	1.9	$	0.4	$	2.4	$	0.6	$	19.5	$	12.9	$	—		$	—		$	26.6	$	14.3	$	12.3			86.0
Contract expirations		1.3		3.9		0.6		10.9		0.9		1.6		0.8		1.4		—			—			3.6		17.8		(14.2	)		(79.8	)
Same location		20.7		16.8		12.1		7.4		24.5		25.2		11.0		13.9		(2.3	)		(0.9	)		66.0		62.4		3.6			5.8
Conversions		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—			—		—		—			—
Total cost of parking services management contracts	$	24.8	$	21.1	$	14.6	$	18.7	$	27.8	$	27.4	$	31.3	$	28.2	$	(2.3	)	$	(0.9	)	$	96.2	$	94.5	$	1.7			1.8

Cost of parking services—lease contracts. Cost of parking services for lease contracts increased $7.9 million, or 6.1%, to $136.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $128.6 million for the year-ago period. The increase resulted primarily from increases in costs from new locations and conversions from management contracts, which were partially offset by decreases in contract expirations. Same location costs for those facilities, which as of December 31, 2011 are the comparative for the two years presented, increased 3.2%. Same location costs increased $0.3 million due to payroll and payroll-related expenses, $2.8 million due to rent expense, primarily as a result of contingent rental payments on the increase in revenue for same locations, and $0.6 million related to other operating costs.

Cost of parking services—management contracts. Cost of parking services for management contracts increased $1.7 million, or 1.8%, to $96.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $94.5 million for the year-ago period. The increase resulted from increases in costs related to new reverse management locations, which was offset by the decrease in costs from contract expirations. Same location costs for those

32

facilities, which as of December 31, 2011 are the comparative for the two years presented, increased 5.8%. Same location increase in operating expenses for management contracts primarily resulted from increases in costs associated with reverse management contracts and the cost of providing management services. Same location cost also includes a favorable change in net insurance loss experience reserve estimates relating to prior years of $0.5 million and a favorable health insurance dividend received relating to prior years of $0.8 million.

Reimbursed management contract expense. Reimbursed management contract expense decreased $2.7 million, or 0.7%, to $408.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $411.1 million in the year-ago period. This decrease resulted from a reduction in reimbursed cost incurred on the behalf of owners.

Cost of parking services for lease contracts increased primarily due to new locations in regions one, two and three, combined with same locations in all four operating regions and conversion in regions one and three, which was partially offset by contract expirations in all four operating regions. Same location cost increased primarily due to increases in payroll, payroll related costs, increases in contingent rent payments on the increase in revenue, and other operating costs.

Cost of parking services for management contracts increased in all four operating regions due to new locations, combined with increases in same locations for regions one and two. Partially offsetting, were decreases due to contract expirations in all four operating regions and same locations in regions three, four and other. Same location cost increases primarily resulted from increases in costs associated with reverse management contracts and the cost of providing management services. The other region amounts in same location primarily represent prior year insurance reserve adjustments and costs that are not specifically identifiable to a region.

Segment gross profit/gross profit percentage information is summarized as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	Region One					Region Two				Region Three				Region Four					Other				Total						Variance
	2011		2010			2011		2010		2011		2010		2011			2010		2011		2010		2011			2010			Amount			%
	(In millions)
Gross profit lease contracts:
New location	$	0.4	$	0.2		$	—	$	—	$	0.1	$	—	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	—	$	0.5		$	0.2		$	0.3			150.0
Contract expirations		—		0.1			—		—		—		0.2		(0.2	)		—		—		—		(0.2	)		0.3			(0.5	)		(166.7	)
Same location		5.1		4.8			0.3		0.2		2.1		1.7		2.9			3.0		0.1		0.2		10.5			9.9			0.6			6.1
Conversions		—		(0.3	)		—		—		0.2		—		—			—		—		—		0.2			(0.3	)		0.5			(166.7	)
Total gross profit lease contracts	$	5.5	$	4.8		$	0.3	$	0.2	$	2.4	$	1.9	$	2.7		$	3.0	$	0.1	$	0.2	$	11.0		$	10.1		$	0.9			8.9
	(Percentages)
Gross profit percentage lease contracts:
New location		8.9		14.3			—		—		10.0		—		—			—		—		—		7.9			10.0
Contract expirations		—		2.3			—		—		—		28.6		—			—		—		—		(15.4	)		4.8
Same location		7.5		7.3			12.0		9.1		10.4		8.7		7.3			7.8		—		—		8.0			7.8
Conversions		—		(8.6	)		—		—		9.5		—		—			—		—		—		2.2			(7.3	)
Total gross profit percentage		6.8		6.4			8.8		8.3		10.3		8.9		6.8			7.6		—		—		7.5			7.3
	(In millions)
Gross profit management contracts:
New location	$	4.2	$	0.7		$	0.8	$	0.2	$	2.1	$	0.6	$	0.5		$	1.1	$	—	$	—	$	7.6		$	2.6		$	5.0			192.3
Contract expirations		0.9		3.3			0.3		3.1		0.9		3.7		0.2			0.3		—		—		2.3			10.4			(8.1	)		(77.9	)
Same location		24.2		23.0			4.4		3.9		20.8		20.1		15.5			15.4		2.6		1.0		67.5			63.4			4.1			6.5
Conversions		0.1		0.3			—		—		—		0.1		—			—		—		—		0.1			0.4			(0.3	)		(75.0	)
Total gross profit management contracts	$	29.4	$	27.3		$	5.5	$	7.2	$	23.8	$	24.5	$	16.2		$	16.8	$	2.6	$	1.0	$	77.5		$	76.8		$	0.7			0.9

33

	Year Ended December 31,
	Region One				Region Two				Region Three				Region Four				Other				Total				Variance
	2011		2010		2011		2010		2011		2010		2011		2010		2011		2010		2011		2010		Amount	%
	(Percentages)
Gross profit percentage management contracts:
New location		60.0		63.6		29.6		33.3		46.7		50.0		2.5		7.9		—		—		22.2		15.4
Contract expirations		40.9		45.8		33.3		22.1		50.0		69.8		20.0		17.6		—		—		39.0		36.9
Same location		53.9		57.8		26.7		34.5		45.9		44.4		58.5		52.6		866.7		1000.0		50.6		50.4
Conversions		100.0		100.0		—		—		—		100.0		—		—		—		—		100.0		100.0
Total gross profit percentage		54.2		56.4		27.4		27.8		46.1		47.2		34.1		37.3		866.7		1000.0		44.6		44.8

Gross profit—lease contracts. Gross profit for lease contracts increased $0.9 million, or 8.9%, to $11.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $10.1 million for the year-ago period. Gross profit percentage for lease contracts increased to 7.5% for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to 7.3% for the year-ago period. Gross profit lease contracts increases were primarily the result of new locations and conversions, partially offset by contract expirations. Gross profit lease contracts increases on same locations were primarily the result of increases in short-term and monthly parking revenue. Gross profit percentage on same locations and conversions accounted for most of the increase on a percentage basis.

Gross profit—management contracts. Gross profit for management contracts increased $0.7 million, or 0.9%, to $77.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $76.8 million in for the year-ago period. Gross profit percentage for management contracts decreased to 44.6% for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to 44.8% for the year-ago period. Gross profit for management contracts increases were primarily the result of new locations and same locations, offset by contract expirations and conversions. Gross profit management contracts increases on same locations were primarily the result of increased revenue associated with increased fees from reverse management locations and ancillary services.

Gross profit for lease contracts increased primarily due to new locations in regions one and three, same locations in regions one, two and three and conversions in regions one and three. Partially offsetting, were contract expirations in regions one, three and four. Gross profit lease contracts on same locations increased primarily due to increases in short-term and monthly parking revenue.

Gross profit for management contracts increased primarily due to same locations in all regions, new locations in regions one, two and three, offset by contract expirations in all four operating regions and conversions in regions one an three. Gross profit for management contracts increases on same locations were primarily the result of increased revenue associated with increased fees from reverse management locations and ancillary services. The other region amounts in same location primarily represent prior year insurance reserve adjustments and amounts that are not specifically identifiable to a specific region.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses increased $0.4 million, or 0.9%, to $48.3 million for year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $47.9 million for the year-ago period. This increase was primarily the result of acquisition and diligence related expenses of $3.2 million, offset by cost savings from process efficiencies of $2.4 million, acquisition earn-out liability valuation changes of $0.3 million and payroll and payroll-related expenses of $0.1 million.

Interest expense. Interest expense decreased $0.6 million, or 12.1%, to $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $5.3 million in the year-ago period. This decrease resulted primarily from a decrease in borrowings.

Interest income. Interest income increased $0.3 million, or 116%, to $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $0.2 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted primarily from interest income received on deficiency payments related to Bradley.

34

Income tax expense. Income tax expense increased $0.4 million, or 4.5%, to $11.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $10.8 million in the year-ago period. An increase in our pre-tax income resulted in a $0.6 million increase in income tax expense and a decrease in our effective tax rate resulted in a $0.2 million decrease in income tax expense. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 38.1% compared to 38.6% for the year-ago period.

Results of Operations

Fiscal 2010 Compared to Fiscal 2009

Segment revenue information is summarized as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	Region One				Region Two				Region Three				Region Four				Other					Total				Variance
	2010		2009		2010		2009		2010		2009		2010		2009		2010		2009			2010		2009		Amount			%
	(In millions)
Lease contract revenue:
New location	$	4.5	$	0.9	$	—	$	—	$	4.0	$	0.2	$	0.9	$	0.6	$	—	$	—		$	9.4	$	1.7	$	7.7			452.9
Contract expirations		1.1		6.8		0.2		0.7		0.1		1.3		0.5		1.1		—		—			1.9		9.9		(8.0	)		(80.8	)
Same location		69.1		70.4		2.2		1.9		17.3		17.8		37.5		35.3		—		0.1			126.1		125.5		0.6			0.5
Conversions		0.7		1.0		—		—		—		—		0.6		2.3		—		—			1.3		3.3		(2.0	)		(60.6	)
Total lease contract revenue	$	75.4	$	79.1	$	2.4	$	2.6	$	21.4	$	19.3	$	39.5	$	39.3	$	—	$	0.1		$	138.7	$	140.4	$	(1.7	)		(1.2	)
Management contract revenue:
New location	$	7.1	$	1.1	$	16.1	$	3.8	$	4.7	$	1.5	$	14.8	$	0.3	$	—	$	—		$	42.7	$	6.7	$	36.0			537.3
Contract expirations		2.7		9.9		1.1		1.3		2.0		7.0		0.1		0.8		—		—			5.9		19.0		(13.1	)		(68.9	)
Same location		38.6		42.3		8.7		8.2		45.1		46.2		29.8		31.3		0.1		(0.4	)		122.3		127.6		(5.3	)		(4.2	)
Conversions		—		—		—		—		0.1		0.1		0.3		—		—		—			0.4		0.1		0.3			300.0
Total management contract revenue	$	48.4	$	53.3	$	25.9	$	13.3	$	51.9	$	54.8	$	45.0	$	32.4	$	0.1	$	(0.4	)	$	171.3	$	153.4	$	17.9			11.7

Parking services revenue—lease contracts. Lease contract revenue decreased $1.7 million, or 1.2%, to $138.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $140.4 million in the year-ago period. The decrease resulted primarily from decreases in revenue from contract expirations and conversions, partially offset by increases in revenue from new locations. Same location revenue for those facilities, which as of December 31, 2010 are the comparative periods for the two years presented, increased 0.5%. The increase in same location revenue was due to increases in short-term parking revenue of $1.5 million, or 1.8%, partially offset by decreases in monthly parking revenue of $0.9 million, or 2.4%. Revenue associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that expired during the current period.

Parking services revenue—management contracts. Management contract revenue increased $17.9 million, or 11.7%, to $171.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $153.4 million in the year-ago period. The increase resulted primarily from new locations and conversions, which was partially offset by the decrease in revenue from contract expirations. Same locations revenue for those facilities, which as of December 31, 2010 are the comparative periods for the two years presented, decreased 4.2%, primarily due to decreased fees from reverse management locations and ancillary services.

Reimbursed management contract revenue. Reimbursed management contract revenue increased $9.4 million, or 2.4%, to $411.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $401.7 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted from additional reimbursements for costs incurred on behalf of owners.

Lease contract revenue decreased primarily due to contract expirations in all four operating regions combined with conversions to management agreements in region four. This was partially offset by increases in

35

new location revenues for regions one, three and four, while regions two and four recorded increases in same location revenues. Same location revenue increases for the aforementioned regions were primarily due to increases in short-term parking revenue while monthly parking revenue declined slightly.

Management contract revenue increased primarily due to new locations revenue in all four operating regions. This was partially offset with by contract expirations in all four regions and same location revenue declines in three out of the four operating regions. The decreases in same location revenue were primarily due to a decrease in fees from reverse management locations and ancillary services. For comparability purposes, revenue associated with contract expirations relate to the contracts that expired during the current period.

Segment cost of parking services information is summarized as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	Region One				Region Two				Region Three				Region Four				Other					Total				Variance
	2010		2009		2010		2009		2010		2009		2010		2009		2010			2009		2010		2009		Amount			%
	(In millions)
Cost of parking services lease contracts:
New location	$	4.1	$	0.8	$	—	$	—	$	3.9	$	0.2	$	0.8	$	0.5	$	—		$	—	$	8.8	$	1.5	$	7.3			486.7
Contract expirations		1.1		6.5		0.2		0.7		—		1.2		0.6		1.0		—			—		1.9		9.4		(7.5	)		(79.8	)
Same location		64.6		65.5		2.0		1.9		15.6		16.1		34.6		33.2		(0.2	)		0.1		116.6		116.8		(0.2	)		(0.2	)
Conversions		0.8		1.0		—		—		—		—		0.5		2.2		—			—		1.3		3.2		(1.9	)		(59.4	)
Total cost of parking services lease contracts	$	70.6	$	73.8	$	2.2	$	2.6	$	19.5	$	17.5	$	36.5	$	36.9	$	(0.2	)	$	0.1	$	128.6	$	130.9	$	(2.3	)		(1.8	)
Cost of parking services management contracts:
New location	$	3.0	$	0.3	$	12.6	$	2.6	$	2.8	$	0.9	$	13.1	$	0.1	$	—		$	—	$	31.5	$	3.9	$	27.6			707.7
Contract expirations		1.6		5.7		0.6		0.6		0.9		4.0		0.1		0.5		—			—		3.2		10.8		(7.6	)		(70.4	)
Same location		16.5		19.7		5.5		5.2		23.7		28.2		14.8		16.4		(0.9	)		—		59.6		69.5		(9.9	)		(14.2	)
Conversions		—		—		—		—		—		—		0.2		—		—			—		0.2		—		0.2			—
Total cost of parking services management contracts	$	21.1	$	25.7	$	18.7	$	8.4	$	27.4	$	33.1	$	28.2	$	17.0	$	(0.9	)	$	—	$	94.5	$	84.2	$	10.3			12.2

Cost of parking services—lease contracts. Cost of parking services for lease contracts decreased $2.3 million, or 1.8%, to $128.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $130.9 million in the year-ago period. The decrease resulted primarily from decreases in costs from contract expirations and fewer locations that converted from management contracts during the current year, which more than offset the increases in new locations. Same locations costs for those facilities, which as of December 31, 2010 are the comparative for the two years presented, decreased 0.2%. Same location costs decreased $0.3 million due to payroll and payroll-related expenses and $0.2 million related to other operating costs, partially offset by an increase of $0.3 million due to rent expense, primarily as a result of contingent rental payments on the increase in revenue for same locations.

Cost of parking services—management contracts. Cost of parking services for management contracts increased $10.3 million, or 12.2%, to $94.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $84.2 million in the year-ago period. The increase resulted from increases in costs related to new reverse management locations and conversions, which more than offset the decrease in costs from contract expirations. Same location costs for those facilities, which as of December 31, 2010 are the comparative for the two years presented, decreased 14.2%. Same location decrease in operating expenses for management contracts primarily resulted from decreases in costs associated with reverse management contracts and the cost of providing management services.

36

Reimbursed management contract expense. Reimbursed management contract expense increased $9.4 million, or 2.4%, to $411.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $401.7 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted from additional reimbursed cost incurred on the behalf of owners.

Cost of parking services for lease contracts decreased primarily due to contract expirations in all four operating regions combined with conversions to management contracts which impacted regions one and four, which more than offset new locations added in three out of the four operating regions. Same locations costs decreases slightly as reductions in payroll, payroll related costs and other operating costs partially offset increases in contingent rent payments on the increase in revenue.

Cost of parking services for management contracts increased in all four operating regions due to new locations. Partially offsetting, were decreases due to contract expirations and decreases in cost related to same locations primarily related to reductions in payroll, payroll related costs and other operating costs. In addition, based upon third party actuarial analysis, the other region recorded a prior year insurance reserve adjustment.

Segment gross profit/gross profit percentage information is summarized as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	Region One					Region Two				Region Three				Region Four					Other					Total				Variance
	2010			2009		2010		2009		2010		2009		2010			2009		2010		2009			2010		2009		Amount			%
	(In millions)
Gross profit lease contracts:
New location	$	0.4		$	0.1	$	—	$	—	$	0.1	$	—	$	0.1		$	0.1	$	—	$	—		$	0.6	$	0.2	$	0.4			200.0
Contract expirations		—			0.3		—		—		0.1		0.1		(0.1	)		0.1		—		—			—		0.5		(0.5	)		(100.0	)
Same location		4.5			4.9		0.2		—		1.7		1.7		2.9			2.1		0.2		—			9.5		8.7		0.8			9.2
Conversions		(0.1	)		—		—		—		—		—		0.1			0.1		—		—			—		0.1		(0.1	)		(100.0	)
Total gross profit lease contracts	$	4.8		$	5.3	$	0.2	$	—	$	1.9	$	1.8	$	3.0		$	2.4	$	0.2	$	—		$	10.1	$	9.5	$	0.6			6.3
	(Percentages)
Gross profit percentage lease contracts:
New location		8.1			11.1		—		—		2.5		—		11.1			16.7		—		—			6.4		11.8
Contract expirations		—			4.4		—		—		100.0		7.7		(20.0	)		9.1		—		—			—		5.1
Same location		6.5			7.0		9.1		—		9.8		9.6		7.7			5.9		—		—			7.5		6.9
Conversions		(14.3	)		—		—		—		—		—		16.7			4.3		—		—			—		3.0
Total gross profit percentage		6.4			6.7		8.3		—		8.9		9.3		7.6			6.1		—		—			7.3		6.8
	(In millions)
Gross profit management contracts:
New location	$	4.1		$	0.8	$	3.5	$	1.2	$	1.9	$	0.6	$	1.7		$	0.2	$	—	$	—		$	11.2	$	2.8	$	8.4			300.0
Contract expirations		1.1			4.2		0.5		0.7		1.1		3.0		—			0.3		—		—			2.7		8.2		(5.5	)		(67.1	)
Same location		22.1			22.6		3.2		3.0		21.4		18.0		15.0			14.9		1.0		(0.4	)		62.7		58.1		4.6			7.9
Conversions		—			—		—		—		0.1		0.1		0.1			—		—		—			0.2		0.1		0.1			100.0
Total gross profit management contracts	$	27.3		$	27.6	$	7.2	$	4.9	$	24.5	$	21.7	$	16.8		$	15.4	$	1.0	$	(0.4	)	$	76.8	$	69.2	$	7.6			11.0
	(Percentages)
Gross profit percentage management contracts:
New location		57.7			72.7		21.7		31.6		40.4		40.0		11.5			66.7		—		—			26.2		41.8
Contract expirations		40.7			42.4		45.5		53.8		55.0		42.9		—			37.5		—		—			45.8		43.2
Same location		57.3			53.4		36.8		36.6		47.5		39.0		50.3			47.6		100.0		100.0			51.3		45.5
Conversions		—			—		—		—		100.0		100.0		33.3			—		—		—			50.0		100.0
Total gross profit percentage		56.4			51.8		27.8		36.8		47.2		39.6		37.3			47.5		100.0		100.0			44.8		45.1

37

Gross profit—lease contracts. Gross profit for lease contracts increased $0.6 million, or 6.3%, to $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $9.5 million in the year-ago period. Gross profit percentage for lease contracts increased to 7.3% for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to 6.8% in the year-ago period. Gross profit lease contracts increases on same locations were primarily the result of increased short-term parking revenue as described under parking services revenue leased contracts and decreased costs related to a reduction in payroll and payroll expenses and other operating costs.

Gross profit—management contracts. Gross profit for management contracts increased $7.6 million, or 11.0%, to $76.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $69.2 million in the year-ago period. Gross profit percentage for management contracts decreased to 44.8% for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to 45.1% in the year-ago period. Gross profit for management contracts increases were primarily the result of our same locations, our new locations, and conversions, partially offset by contract expirations. Gross profit management contracts increases on same locations were primarily the result of decreased costs associated with reverse management contracts and the cost of providing management services. Gross profit percentage on new reverse management locations, which are typically lower than fixed fee management contracts, accounted for most of the decline on a percentage basis.

Gross profit for lease contracts increased primarily due to same locations in region two and four due to an increase in short-term parking revenue and a decrease in same location costs related to a reduction in payroll and payroll related and other operating expenses.

Gross profit management contracts increased primarily due to regions one, two, three and four new locations, regions two, three, four and other same locations, partially offset by contract expirations in regions one, two, three and four. The other region amounts in same location primarily represent prior year insurance reserve adjustments.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses increased $3.2 million, or 7.1%, to $47.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $44.7 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted from an increase in payroll and payroll related expenses of $4.7 million primarily from the restoration of performance-based compensation programs, annual salary increases in 2010 and $0.6 million in severance costs, partially offset by a decrease of $1.3 million in legal-related expenses, a decrease in professional fees of $0.4 million and a decrease of $0.4 million in other costs.

Interest expense. Interest expense decreased $0.7 million, or 11.3%, to $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $6.0 million in the year-ago period. This decrease resulted primarily from a decrease in borrowings.

Interest income. Interest income was $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and did not change significantly from the year-ago period.

Income tax expense. Income tax expense increased $2.5 million, or 30.1%, to $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $8.3 million in the year-ago period. An increase in our pre-tax income resulted in a $2.1 million increase in income tax expense and an increase in our effective tax rate resulted in a $0.4 million increase in income tax expense. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2010 was 38.6% compared to 36.8% for the year-ago period.

Unaudited Quarterly Results

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of income data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. The unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial information and, in management’s opinion, includes all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the information for the quarters presented. Historically, our operating results have varied from quarter to quarter and are expected to continue to

38

fluctuate in the future. These fluctuations have been due to a number of factors, including: general economic conditions in our markets; additions of contracts; expiration and termination of contracts; conversion of lease contracts to management contracts; conversion of management contracts to lease contracts and changes in terms of contracts that are retained and timing of general and administrative expenditures. The operating results for any historical quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

	2011 Quarters Ended												2010 Quarters Ended
	March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31			March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31
				(Unaudited)												(Unaudited)
	($ in thousands)
Parking services revenue:
Lease contracts	$	35,205		$	37,193		$	37,501		$	37,611		$	33,116		$	34,162		$	35,713		$	35,673
Management contracts		45,954			42,343			43,259			42,169			40,075			42,081			43,713			45,462
Reimbursed management contract revenue		101,124			100,126			106,365			100,812			106,055			100,757			101,500			102,836
Total revenue		182,283			179,662			187,125			180,592			179,246			177,000			180,926			183,971
Cost of parking services:
Lease contracts		33,499			34,286			34,049			34,660			31,771			31,217			32,714			32,911
Management contracts		27,492			23,215			22,489			22,963			22,264			22,278			24,357			25,582
Reimbursed management contract revenue		101,124			100,126			106,365			100,812			106,055			100,757			101,500			102,836
Total cost of parking services		162,115			157,627			162,903			158,435			160,090			154,252			158,571			161,329
Gross profit:
Lease contracts		1,706			2,907			3,452			2,951			1,345			2,945			2,999			2,762
Management contracts		18,462			19,128			20,770			19,206			17,811			19,803			19,356			19,880
Total gross profit		20,168			22,035			24,222			22,157			19,156			22,748			22,355			22,642
General and administrative expenses		11,182			11,597			11,814			13,704			11,560			12,218			11,549			12,551
Depreciation and amortization		1,533			1,677			1,683			1,725			1,460			1,570			1,527			1,517
Operating income		7,453			8,761			10,725			6,728			6,136			8,960			9,279			8,574
Other expense (income):
Interest expense		1,169			1,180			1,197			1,145			1,490			1,398			1,286			1,161
Interest income		(60	)		(113	)		(297	)		(67	)		(53	)		(52	)		(56	)		(88	)
		1,109			1,067			900			1,078			1,437			1,346			1,230			1,073
Income before income taxes		6,344			7,694			9,825			5,650			4,699			7,614			8,049			7,501
Income tax expense		2,479			3,066			3,760			1,930			1,847			3,021			3,124			2,763
Net income		3,865			4,628			6,065			3,720			2,852			4,593			4,925			4,738
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest		86			85			89			118			7			85			89			87
Net income attributable to Standard Parking Corporation	$	3,779		$	4,543		$	5,976		$	3,602		$	2,845		$	4,508		$	4,836		$	4,651
Common stock data:
Common stock data:
Net income per share:
Basic	$	0.24		$	0.29		$	0.38		$	0.23		$	0.18		$	0.29		$	0.31		$	0.30
Diluted		0.23			0.28			0.37			0.23			0.18			0.28			0.30			0.29
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic		15,790,875			15,834,622			15,704,837			15,485,793			15,390,514			15,531,726			15,651,586			15,736,906
Diluted		16,146,106			16,164,114			16,034,330			15,845,173			15,804,599			15,877,258			15,993,631			16,096,486

39

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Outstanding Indebtedness

On December 31, 2011, we had total indebtedness of approximately $82.0 million, a decrease of $15.9 million from December 31, 2010. The $82.0 million includes:

• $80.0 million under our senior credit facility; and

• $2.0 million of other debt including capital lease obligations and obligations on seller notes and other indebtedness.

We believe that our cash flow from operations, combined with additional borrowing capacity under our senior credit facility, which amounted to $61.4 million at December 31, 2011, will be sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, or to fund other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before their respective maturities. We believe that we will be able to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms.

Senior Credit Facility

On July 15, 2008, we amended and restated our credit facility.

The $210.0 million revolving senior credit facility will expire on June 29, 2013. The revolving senior credit facility includes a letter of credit sub-facility with a sublimit of $50.0 million. The $50.0 million letter of credit sub-facility does not limit the maximum actual borrowings on the revolving senior credit facility.

Our revolving senior credit facility bears interest, at our option, at either (1) LIBOR plus an applicable LIBOR margin of between 2.00% and 3.50% depending on the ratio of our total funded indebtedness to our EBITDA from time to time (“Total Debt Ratio”) or (2) the Base Rate (as defined below) plus an applicable Base Rate Margin of between 0.50% and 2.00% depending on our Total Debt Ratio. We may elect interest periods of one, two, three or six months for LIBOR based borrowings. The Base Rate is the greater of (i) the rate publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America, N.A. as its “prime rate,” or (ii) the overnight federal funds rate plus 0.50%.

Certain financial covenants limit the Company’s capacity to fully draw on its $210.0 million revolving credit facility. Our senior credit facility includes a fixed charge ratio covenant, a total debt to EBITDA ratio covenant, a limit on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, issue preferred stock or pay dividends, and certain other restrictions on our activities. We are required to repay borrowings under our senior credit facility out of the proceeds of future issuances of debt or equity securities and asset sales, subject to certain customary exceptions. Our senior credit facility is secured by substantially all of our assets and all assets acquired in the future (including a pledge of 100% of the stock of our existing and future domestic guarantor subsidiaries and 65% of the stock of our existing and future foreign subsidiaries).

We are in compliance with all of our financial covenants.

At December 31, 2011, we had $16.8 million of letters of credit outstanding under the senior credit facility, borrowings against the senior credit facility aggregated $80.0 million and we had $61.4 million available under the senior credit facility.

Interest Rate Cap Transactions

We do not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash flow hedging purposes.

On February 22, 2010, we entered into interest rate cap agreements with Wells Fargo Bank N.A. (“Wells Fargo”) and Fifth Third Bank (“Fifth Third”), allowing us to limit our exposure on a portion of our

40

borrowings under our senior credit facility (“Rate Cap Transactions”). Pursuant to two separate letter agreements between the Company and Wells Fargo and Fifth Third, respectively, we will receive payments from Wells Fargo and Fifth Third each quarterly period to the extent that the prevailing three month LIBOR during that period exceeds our cap rate of 3.25%. The Rate Cap Transactions are effective March 31, 2010, and will settle each quarter on a date that is intended to coincide with our quarterly interest payment dates under our senior credit facility. The Rate Cap Transactions cap our LIBOR interest rate on a notional amount of $50.0 million at 3.25% for a total of 39 months and expires on June 28, 2013. These Rate Cap Transactions are classified as a cash flow hedge, and we calculate the effectiveness of the hedge on a quarterly basis. The ineffective portion of the cash flow hedge is recognized in earnings as an increase of interest expense of $0.1 million in 2011 and $1 thousand in 2010. The fair value of the interest rate cap at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is $8 thousand and $0.2 million, respectively and is included in prepaid expenses

Stock Repurchases

2011 Stock Repurchases

In June 2011, our Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase shares of our common stock, on the open market, up to $20.0 million in aggregate and cancelled a prior authorization from 2008.

During the second quarter of 2011, we repurchased 27,803 shares from third-party shareholders at an average price of $15.52 per share, including average commissions of $0.03 per share, on the open market. The total value of the second quarter transactions was $0.4 million. At June 30, 2011, 27,803 shares were held as treasury stock. In July 2011 we returned the shares to authorized and unissued.

During the third quarter of 2011, we repurchased 286,109 shares from third-party shareholders at an average price of $16.08 per share, including average commissions of $0.03 per share, on the open market. The total value of the third quarter transactions was $4.6 million. At September 30, 2011, 55,370 shares were held as treasury stock. In October 2011 we returned the shares to authorized and unissued.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, we repurchased 147,600 shares from third-party shareholders at an average price of $17.02 per share, including average commissions of $0.03 per share, on the open market. The total value of the fourth quarter transactions was $2.5 million. At December 31, 2011, no shares were held as treasury stock and all repurchased shares were returned the shares to authorized and unissued.

As of December 31, 2011, $12.5 million remained available for stock repurchases under the June 2011 authorization by the Board of Directors.

2010 Stock Repurchases

No share repurchases were made by us in 2010.

Letters of Credit

At December 31, 2011, we have provided letters of credit totaling $16.5 million to our casualty insurance carriers to collateralize our casualty insurance program.

As of December 31, 2011, we provided $0.3 million in letters of credit to collateralize other obligations.

Deficiency Payments

Pursuant to our obligations with respect to the parking garage operations at Bradley International Airport, we are required to make certain payments for the benefit of the State of Connecticut and for holders of special facility revenue bonds. The deficiency payments represent contingent interest bearing advances to the trustee to cover operating cash flow requirements. The payments, if any, are recorded as a receivable by us for which we

41

are reimbursed from time to time as provided in the trust agreement. As of December 31, 2011, we have a receivable of $13.4 million, comprised of cumulative deficiency payments to the trustee, net of reimbursements. We believe these advances to be fully recoverable and therefore have not recorded a valuation allowance for them. We do not guarantee the payment of any principal or interest on any debt obligations of the State of Connecticut or the trustee.

We made deficiency payments (net of repayments received) of $1.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to deficiency payments (net of repayments received) of $2.5 million made in the year ended December 31, 2010. In addition, we received $0.1 million on deficiency repayments from the trustee for premium income in the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $31 in the year ended December 31, 2010. We also received $0.3 million in interest income on deficiency repayments from the trustee in the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $0 in the year ended December 31, 2010 (see Note Q to our consolidated financial statements).

Capital Leases

We incurred no new capital lease obligations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Lease Commitments

We have minimum lease commitments of $39.1 million for fiscal 2012. The leased properties generate sufficient cash flow to meet the base rent payment.

Daily Cash Collections

As a result of day-to-day activity at our parking locations, we collect significant amounts of cash. Lease contract revenue is generally deposited into our local bank accounts, with a portion remitted to our clients in the form of rental payments according to the terms of the leases. Under management contracts, some clients require us to deposit the daily receipts into one of our local bank accounts, with the cash in excess of our operating expenses and management fees remitted to the clients at negotiated intervals. Other clients require us to deposit the daily receipts into client accounts and the clients then reimburse us for operating expenses and pay our management fee subsequent to month-end. Some clients require a segregated account for the receipts and disbursements at locations. Our working capital and liquidity may be adversely affected if a significant number of our clients require us to deposit all parking revenues into their respective accounts.

Our liquidity also fluctuates on an intra-month and intra-year basis depending on the contract mix and timing of significant cash payments. Additionally, our ability to utilize cash deposited into our local accounts is dependent upon the availability and movement of that cash into our corporate account. For all these reasons, from time to time, we carry a significant cash balance, while also utilizing our senior credit facility.

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Our primary sources of funds are cash flows from operating activities and changes in operating assets and liabilities. Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $35.0 million for 2011, compared to $19.5 million for 2010. Cash provided during 2011 included $31.0 million from operations and changes in operating assets and liabilities of $4.0 million. The net increase in cash resulted primarily from (i) a decrease in notes and accounts receivable by $4.1 million which primarily related to improved customer collections; (ii) an increase in accrued other liabilities of $0.6 million which primarily related an increase in accrued rent partially offset by a decrease in other long-term liabilities; (iii) an increase in accounts payable by $0.8 million which primarily resulted from the timing on payments to our clients and new business that are under management contracts as described under “Daily Cash Collections”; offset by an increase of $0.2 million in prepaid assets primarily related to an increase in prepaid rent and prepaid expenses related to event planning and transportation; and an increase in other assets of $1.3 million primarily related to an increase in the cash surrender values related to the non-qualified deferred compensation plan.

42

Our primary sources of funds are cash flows from operating activities and changes in operating assets and liabilities. Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $19.5 million for 2010, compared to $21.8 million for 2009. Cash provided during 2010 included $27.5 million from operations, which was offset by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $8.0 million. The net decrease in cash resulted primarily from (i) an increase in notes and accounts receivable by $9.7 million which primarily related to an increase in business from new locations and our acquisitions; (ii) an increase in other assets by $1.9 million which primarily related to an increase in the cash surrender values related to the non-qualified deferred compensation plan and an increase in event and equipment deposits; (iii) a decrease in accounts payable by $5.1 million which primarily resulted from the timing on payments to our clients and new business that are under management contracts as described under “Daily Cash Collections”; offset by a decrease of $2.7 million in prepaid assets primarily related to timing of payroll taxes paid in 2009 related to 2010 payroll and timing of insurance premium payments; and an increase in other liabilities of $6.0 million primarily related to increases in performance-based compensation, accrued severance and timing related payroll accrual.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities totaled $5.3 million in 2011 compared to $7.7 million in 2010. Cash used in investing activities for 2011 included $4.2 million for capital investments needed to secure and/or extend lease facilities, investment in information system enhancements and infrastructure, cost of contract purchases of $0.9 million, $0.3 million for contingent payments on previously acquired businesses; partially offset by proceeds from the sale of assets of $0.1 million.

Net cash used in investing activities totaled $7.7 million in 2010 compared to $7.1 million in 2009. Cash used in investing activities for 2010 included business acquisitions of $3.6 million, capital expenditures of $3.0 million for capital investments needed to secure and/or extend lease facilities, investment in information system enhancements and infrastructure, cost of contract purchases of $0.7 million, capitalized interest of $0.1 million and $0.3 million for contingent payments on previously acquired businesses.

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities totaled $23.4 million in 2011 compared to $12.9 million in 2010. Cash used in financing activities for 2011 included $7.5 million to repurchase our common stock, $0.5 million used for payments on capital leases, $15.2 million use for payments on senior credit facility, $0.2 million used for payments on other long-term borrowings, $0.4 million distributed to noncontrolling interest, offset by $0.2 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options and $0.2 million in excess tax benefits related to stock option exercises.

Net cash used in financing activities totaled $12.9 million in 2010 compared to $15.0 million in 2009. Cash used in financing activities for 2010 included $0.5 million for earn-out payments, $0.5 million used for payments on capital leases, $14.7 million use for payments on senior credit facility, $0.1 million used for payments on other long-term borrowings, $0.3 million distributed to noncontrolling interest, offset by $1.8 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options and $1.4 million in excess tax benefits related to stock option exercises.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We had cash and cash equivalents of $13.2 million at December 31, 2011, compared to $7.3 million at December 31, 2010 and $8.3 million at December 31, 2009. The cash balances reflect our ability to utilize funds deposited into our local accounts and which based upon availability, timing of deposits and the subsequent movement of that cash into our corporate accounts may result in significant changes to our cash balances.

43

Summary Disclosures about Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

The following summarizes certain of our contractual obligations at December 31, 2010 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods. The nature of our business is to manage parking facilities. As a result, we do not have significant short-term purchase obligations.

			Payments Due by Period
	Total		Less than 1  Year		1 – 3 Years		4 – 5 Years		After 5 Years
	(In thousands)
Long-term debt(1)	$	84,438	$	2,329	$	81,680	$	412	$	17
Operating leases(2)		121,147		39,051		63,227		13,797		5,072
Capital leases(3)		1,037		633		404		—		—
Other long-term liabilities(4)		33,486		11,092		15,324		498		6,572
Letters of credit(5)		16,823		7,408		9,415		—		—
Total(6)	$	256,931	$	60,513	$	170,050	$	14,707	$	11,661

(1) Represents principal amounts and interest. See Note H to our consolidated financial statements.

(2) Represents minimum rental commitments, excluding contingent rent provisions under all non-cancelable leases.

(3) Represents principal amounts and interest on capital lease obligations. See Note O to our consolidated financial statements.

(4) Represents deferred compensation, customer deposits, insurance claims, obligation related to acquisitions, sales tax on capital leases and deferred partnership fees.

(5) Represents amount of currently issued letters of credit at their maturities.

(6) $80.0 million in long-term debt and $16.8 million of letters of credit are subject to a variable interest rate. The interest rate used to estimate future interest payment subject to variable debt included in our table is 2.4%, which represents the weighted average interest rate on our variable debt in effect as of December 31, 2011.

In addition we made contingent earn-out payments of $0.3 million for each of the years ended 2011, 2010 and 2009. We made deficiency payments related to Bradley of $1.3 million, $2.5 million and $3.6 million for the years ended 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. No amounts have been included on the above schedule related to those payments for future periods as the amounts, if any, are not presently determinable.

Critical Accounting Policies

“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” discusses our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Accounting estimates are an integral part of the preparation of the financial statements and the financial reporting process and are based upon current judgments. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Certain accounting estimates are particularly sensitive because of their complexity and the possibility that future events affecting them may differ materially from our current judgments and estimates.

This listing of critical accounting policies is not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our accounting policies. Recent accounting pronouncements are included in Note A to our consolidated financial statements. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, with no need for management’s judgment regarding accounting policy. We believe that of our significant accounting policies, the following may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity:

44

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill

As of December 31, 2011, our net long-lived assets were comprised primarily of $16.7 million of property, equipment and leasehold improvements and $14.3 million of contract and lease rights. In accounting for our long-lived assets, other than goodwill, we apply the provisions of the guidance related to accounting for the impairment of long-lived assets and long-lived assets to be disposed of.

As of December 31, 2011, we had goodwill of $132.4 million. Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair market value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather tested for impairment at least annually in the fourth quarter. On an annual basis and in accordance with ASC 350 Intangibles – Goodwill and other, the Company tests for goodwill impairment using a two-step process, unless there is a triggering event, in which case a test would be performed at the time that such triggering event occurs.

The determination and measurement of an impairment loss under these accounting standards require the significant use of judgment and estimates. The determination of fair value of these assets utilizes cash flow projections that assume certain future revenue and cost levels, assumed discount rates based upon current market conditions and other valuation factors, all of which involve the use of significant judgment and estimation. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 we were not required to record any impairment charges related to long-lived assets or to goodwill. Future events may indicate differences from our judgments and estimates which could, in turn, result in impairment charges in the future. Future events that may result in impairment charges include increases in interest rates, which would impact discount rates, unfavorable economic conditions or other factors which could decrease revenues and profitability of existing locations and changes in the cost structure of existing facilities. Factors that could potentially have an unfavorable economic effect on our judgments and estimates include, among others: changes imposed by governmental and regulatory agencies, such as property condemnations and assessment of parking-related taxes; construction or other events that could change traffic patterns; and terrorism or other catastrophic events.

Insurance Reserves

We purchase comprehensive casualty insurance (including, without limitation, general liability, automobile liability, garage-keepers legal liability, worker’s compensation and umbrella/excess liability insurance) covering certain claims that arise in connection with our operations. Under our various liability and workers’ compensation insurance policies, we are obligated to reimburse the insurance carrier for the first $250,000 of any loss. As a result, we are, in effect, self-insured for all claims up to the deductible levels. We apply the provisions of the guidance related to accounting for contingencies, in determining the timing and amount of expense recognition associated with claims against us. The expense recognition is based upon our determination of an unfavorable outcome of a claim being deemed as probable and reasonably estimated, as defined in the guidance related to accounting for contingencies. This determination requires the use of judgment in both the estimation of probability and the amount to be recognized as an expense. We utilize historical claims experience along with regular input from third party insurance advisors and actuaries in determining the required level of insurance reserves. Future information regarding historical loss experience may require changes to the level of insurance reserves and could result in increased expense recognition in the future.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We report accounts receivable, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts, to represent our estimate of the amount that ultimately will be realized in cash. Management reviews the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts on an ongoing basis, using historical collection trends, aging of receivables, and a review of specific accounts, and makes adjustments in the allowance as necessary. Changes in economic conditions or other circumstances could have an impact on the collection of existing receivable balances or future allowance considerations.

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method to account for income taxes, in accordance with the guidance related to accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of

45

existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. We have certain federal net operating loss carry forwards which expire between 2022 and 2024. Our ability to fully utilize these net operating losses to offset taxable income is limited due to the change in ownership resulting from the initial public offering of our stock in 2004 (Internal Revenue Code Section 382). We consider a number of factors in our assessment of the recoverability of our net operating loss carryforwards including their expiration dates, the limitations imposed due to the change in ownership as well as future projections of income. Future changes in our operating performance along with these considerations may significantly impact the amount of net operating losses ultimately recovered, and our assessment of their recoverability.

Legal and Other Contingencies

We are subject to litigation in the normal course of our business. The outcomes of legal proceedings and claims brought against us and other loss contingencies are subject to significant uncertainty. We accrue a charge against income when our management determines that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. In addition, we accrue for the authoritative judgments or assertions made against us by government agencies at the time of their rendering regardless of our intent to appeal. In determining the appropriate accounting for loss contingencies, we consider the likelihood of loss or impairment of an asset or the incurrence of a liability, as well as our ability to reasonably estimate the amount of loss. We regularly evaluate current information available to us to determine whether an accrual should be established or adjusted. Estimating the probability that a loss will occur and estimating the amount of a loss or a range of loss involves significant judgment.

ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rates

Our primary market risk exposure consists of risk related to changes in interest rates. We use a variable rate senior credit facility to finance our operations. This facility exposes us to variability in interest payments due to changes in interest rates. If interest rates increase, interest expense increases and conversely, if interest rates decrease, interest expense also decreases. We believe that it is prudent to limit the exposure of an increase in interest rates.

We do not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash flow hedging purposes.

On February 22, 2010, we entered into interest rate cap agreements with Wells Fargo Bank N.A. (“Wells Fargo”) and Fifth Third Bank (“Fifth Third”), allowing us to limit our exposure on a portion of our borrowings under our senior credit facility (“Rate Cap Transactions”). Pursuant to two separate letter agreements between the Company and Wells Fargo and Fifth Third, respectively, we will receive payments from Wells Fargo and Fifth Third each quarterly period to the extent that the prevailing three month LIBOR during that period exceeds our cap rate of 3.25%. The Rate Cap Transactions are effective March 31, 2010, and will settle each quarter on a date that is intended to coincide with our quarterly interest payment dates under our senior credit facility. The Rate Cap Transactions cap our LIBOR interest rate on a notional amount of $50.0 million at 3.25% for a total of 39 months and expires on June 28, 2013. These Rate Cap Transactions are classified as a cash flow hedge, and we calculate the effectiveness of the hedge on a quarterly basis. The ineffective portion of the cash flow hedge is recognized in current period earnings as an increase of interest expense. The fair value of the interest rate cap at December 31, 2010 is $0.2 million and is included in prepaid expenses.

Our $210.0 million senior credit facility provides for a $210.0 million variable rate revolving facility. In addition, the credit facility includes a letter of credit sub-facility with a sublimit of $50.0 million and swing line sub-facility with a sublimit of $10.0 million. Interest expense on such borrowing is sensitive to changes in the market rate of interest. If we were to borrow the entire $220.0 million available under the facility, a 1% increase in the average market rate would result in an increase in our annual interest expense of $0.2 million.

46

This amount is determined by considering the impact of the hypothetical interest rates on our borrowing cost, but does not consider the effects of the reduced level of overall economic activity that could exist in such an environment. Due to the uncertainty of the specific changes and their possible effects, the foregoing sensitivity analysis assumes no changes in our financial structure.

Foreign Currency Risk

Our exposure to foreign exchange risk is minimal. All foreign investments are denominated in U.S. dollars, with the exception of Canada. We had approximately $1.5 million of Canadian dollar denominated cash instruments at December 31, 2011. We had no Canadian dollar denominated debt instruments at December 31, 2011. We do not hold any hedging instruments related to foreign currency transactions. We monitor foreign currency positions and may enter into certain hedging instruments in the future should we determine that exposure to foreign exchange risk has increased.

47

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The financial statements required by this Item are attached to and are hereby incorporated into this report.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this annual report, our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, and corporate controller carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). Based upon their evaluation, our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, and corporate controller concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were adequate and effective and designed to ensure that material information relating to us (including our consolidated subsidiaries) required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the required time periods.

Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

There were no significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting or any other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the date of the evaluation referred to above.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Our internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and corporate controller, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee on Sponsoring Organization of the Treadway Commission (“COSO Framework”). Based on our evaluation under the COSO Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered certified public accounting firm, as stated in their attestation report, which is included in this Form 10-K.

Limitations of the Effectiveness of Internal Control

A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the internal control system are met. Because of the inherent limitations of any internal control system, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues, if any, within a company have been detected.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

48

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information required by this item with respect to our directors and compliance by our directors, executive officers and certain beneficial owners of our common stock with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is incorporated by reference to all information under the captions entitled “Board and Corporate Governance Matters” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” from our Proxy Statement.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The table below sets forth certain information as of March 7, 2012 regarding our executive officers of the Company, each of whom is elected by and serves at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The business experience shown for each officer has been his principal occupation for at least the past five years.

Name	Age		Position
James A. Wilhelm		58	President; Chief Executive Officer; Director
G. Marc Baumann		56	Executive Vice President; Chief Financial Officer; Treasurer
Thomas L. Hagerman		51	Executive Vice President; Chief Operating Officer
Gerard M. Klaisle		58	Executive Vice President; Chief Human Resource Officer
John Ricchiuto		55	Executive Vice President of Operations
Robert N. Sacks		59	Executive Vice President; General Counsel and Secretary
Edward E. Simmons		62	Executive Vice President of Operations
Steven A. Warshauer		57	Executive Vice President of Operations
Michael K. Wolf		62	Executive Vice President; Chief Administrative Officer; Associate General Counsel

James A. Wilhelm has served as our president since September 2000 and as our chief executive officer and a director since October 2001. Mr. Wilhelm served as our executive vice president-operations from March 1998 to September 1999, and he served as our senior executive vice president and chief operations officer from September 1999 to August 2000. Mr. Wilhelm joined the predecessors of Standard Parking Corporation in 1985, serving as executive vice president beginning in January 1998. Prior to March 1998, Mr. Wilhelm was responsible for managing the Midwest and Western Regions, which included parking facilities in Chicago and sixteen other cities throughout the United States and Canada. Mr. Wilhelm received his B.A. degree from Northeastern Illinois University in 1976.

G. Marc Baumann has served as our executive vice president, chief financial officer and treasurer since October 2000. Prior to his appointment as our chief financial officer, Mr. Baumann was chief financial officer for Warburtons Ltd. in Bolton, England from January 1993 to October 2000. Mr. Baumann is a certified public accountant and a member of both the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the Illinois CPA Society. He received his B.S. degree in 1977 from Northwestern University and his M.B.A. degree from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University in 1979.

Thomas L. Hagerman has served as our executive vice president and chief operating officer since October 2007. He also served as our executive vice president of operations from July 2004 through September 2007, and as a senior vice president from March 1998 through June 2004. He received his B.A. degree in marketing from The Ohio State University in 1984, and a B.A. degree in business administration and finance from Almeda University in 2004.

Gerard M. Klaisle has served as our executive vice president and chief human resource officer since February 2010. He served as our senior vice president—human resources from April 2005 through January 2010. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Klaisle was senior vice president of human resources for USF Corporation, a trucking and logistics company, from April 2001 through December 2004. Prior to joining

49

USF Corporation, Mr. Klaisle served 18 years with Midas, Inc. where he rose from director of labor relations to senior vice president, human resources. Mr. Klaisle earned a B.S. degree from LeMoyne College in 1975 and his M.B.A. from Loyola University in Chicago in 1979.

John Ricchiuto has served as our executive vice president of operations since December 2002. Mr. Ricchiuto joined a predecessor of Standard Parking in 1980 as a management trainee. He served as vice president of Airport Properties Central from 1993 until 1994, and as senior vice president of Airport Properties Central and Eastern United States from 1994 until 2002. Mr. Ricchiuto received his B.S. degree from Bowling Green University in 1979.

Robert N. Sacks has served as our executive vice president of general counsel and secretary since March 1998. Mr. Sacks joined a predecessor of Standard Parking in 1988, and served as general counsel and secretary since 1988, as vice president, secretary, and general counsel from 1989, and as senior vice president, secretary and general counsel from 1997 to March 1998. Mr. Sacks received his B.A. degree, cum laude, from Northwestern University in 1976 and, in 1979, received his J.D. degree from Suffolk University where he was a member of the Suffolk University Law Review.

Edward E. Simmons has served as our executive vice president of operations since August 1999 and as senior vice president of operations from May 1998 to July 1999. Mr. Simmons has served as president of S.P. Plus Security Services, our affiliate, since 2006. Prior to joining our Company, Mr. Simmons was president, chief executive officer and co-founder of Executive Parking, Inc. Mr. Simmons is currently a member of the International Parking Institute. Mr. Simmons is a past executive board member of the Parking Association of California.

Steven A. Warshauer has served as our executive vice president of operations since March 1998. Mr. Warshauer joined a predecessor of Standard Parking in 1982, initially serving as vice president, then becoming senior vice president. Mr. Warshauer received his B.S. Degree from the University of Northern Colorado in 1976 with a major in Accounting.

Michael K. Wolf has served as our executive vice president, chief administrative officer and associate general counsel since March 1998. Mr. Wolf served as senior vice president and general counsel of a predecessor of Standard Parking from 1990 to January 1998. Mr. Wolf received his B.A. degree in 1971 from the University of Pennsylvania and in 1974 received his J.D. degree from Washington University, where he served as an editor of the Washington University Law Quarterly and was elected to the Order of the Coif.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “Executive Compensation,” and “Director Compensation,” included in our Proxy Statement.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption entitled “Security Ownership-Beneficial Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers” and “Security Ownership-Beneficial Ownership of More Than Five Percent of Common Stock” included in our Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption “Transactions with Related Persons and Control Persons,” “Board Matters” and “Out Corporate Governance Practices” included in our Proxy Statement.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption “Audit Committee Disclosure” included in our Proxy Statement.

50

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Financial Statements and Schedules

1. Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	52
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting	53
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements:
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010	54
For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:
Consolidated Statements of Income	55
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity	56
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	57
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	58
2. Financial Statement Schedule
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts	86

All other schedules are omitted since the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

(b) Exhibits Required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K

The information required by this item is set forth on the exhibit index that follows the signature page of this report.

51

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Standard Parking Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Standard Parking Corporation (Company) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Standard Parking Corporation at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Standard Parking Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 15, 2012, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 15, 2012

52

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Standard Parking Corporation

We have audited Standard Parking Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Standard Parking Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Form 10-K. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Standard Parking Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Standard Parking Corporation as of December 31, 2011, and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, and our report dated March 15, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 15, 2012

53

STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

	December 31,
	2011			2010
	(In thousands, except for  share and per share data)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	13,220		$	7,305
Notes and accounts receivable, net		46,396			52,167
Prepaid expenses and supplies		2,419			2,312
Deferred taxes		2,745			2,314
Total current assets		64,780			64,098
Leasehold improvements, equipment and construction in progress, net		16,732			16,839
Other assets:
Advances and deposits		5,261			5,172
Long-term receivables, net		14,177			12,789
Intangible and other assets, net		9,420			8,910
Cost of contracts, net		14,286			15,628
Goodwill		132,417			132,196
		175,561			174,695
Total assets	$	257,073		$	255,632
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	44,747		$	43,984
Accrued rent		5,074			4,044
Compensation and payroll withholdings		11,132			10,774
Property, payroll and other taxes		3,228			3,025
Accrued insurance		7,784			7,012
Accrued expenses		14,086			15,127
Current portion of capital lease and other obligations		754			673
Total current liabilities		86,805			84,639
Deferred taxes		12,981			9,637
Long-term borrowings, excluding current portion:
Obligations under senior credit facility		80,000			95,200
Capital lease and other obligations		1,259			2,029
		81,259			97,229
Other long-term liabilities		26,386			27,324
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share; 5,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2011 and 2010; no shares issued		—			—
Common stock, par value $.001 per share; 50,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2011, and 2010; 15,464,864 and 15,775,645 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011, and 2010, respectively		15			16
Additional paid-in capital		92,662			97,291
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income		(318	)		103
Accumulated deficit		(42,632	)		(60,532	)
Total Standard Parking Corporation stockholders’ equity		49,727			36,878
Noncontrolling interest		(85	)		(75	)
Total equity		49,642			36,803
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	257,073		$	255,632

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

54

STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

	Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(In thousands, except for share and per share data)
Parking services revenue:
Lease contracts	$	147,510		$	138,664		$	140,441
Management contracts		173,725			171,331			153,382
Reimbursed management contract revenue		408,427			411,148			401,671
Total revenue		729,662			721,143			695,494
Costs and expenses:
Cost of parking services:
Lease contracts		136,494			128,613			130,897
Management contracts		96,159			94,481			84,167
Reimbursed management contract expense		408,427			411,148			401,671
Total cost of parking services		641,080			634,242			616,735
Gross profit:
Lease contracts		11,016			10,051			9,544
Management contracts		77,566			76,850			69,215
Total gross profit		88,582			86,901			78,759
General and administrative expenses(1)		48,297			47,878			44,707
Depreciation and amortization		6,618			6,074			5,828
Total costs and expenses		695,995			688,194			667,270
Operating income		33,667			32,949			28,224
Other expenses (income):
Interest expense		4,691			5,335			6,012
Interest income		(537	)		(249	)		(268	)
		4,154			5,086			5,744
Income before income taxes		29,513			27,863			22,480
Income tax expense		11,235			10,755			8,265
Net income		18,278			17,108			14,215
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest		378			268			123
Net income attributable to Standard Parking Corporation	$	17,900		$	16,840		$	14,092
Common stock data:
Net income per share:
Basic	$	1.14		$	1.08		$	0.92
Diluted	$	1.12		$	1.06		$	0.90
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic		15,703,595			15,579,352			15,292,412
Diluted		16,047,879			15,944,662			15,683,525

(1) Non-cash stock based compensation expense of $2,451, $2,310 and $2,292 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, is included in general and administrative expenses.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

55

STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

										Accumulated Other Comprehensive
	Common Stock						Additional Paid-In						Treasury Stock						Accumulated			Noncontrolling
	Number  of Shares			Par Value									Number  of Shares			Amount
							Capital			Income (Loss)									Deficit			Interest			Total
	(In thousands, except for share and per share data)
Balance (deficit) at December 31, 2008		16,110,781		$	16		$	103,541		$	85			627,423		$	(11,161	)	$	(91,464	)	$	(59	)		958
Net income																				14,092			123			14,215
Foreign currency translation adjustments											228															228
Comprehensive income																										14,443
Repurchase and retirement of common stock		(843,540	)		(1	)		(15,045	)					(627,423	)		11,161									(3,885	)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options		105,896			—			415																		415
Issuance of stock grants		12,291			—			220																		220
Stock-based compensation related to long-term incentive plan								51																		51
Non-cash stock-based compensation related to restricted stock units								2,046																		2,046
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense								30																		30
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options								535																		535
Distribution to noncontrolliing interest																							(136	)		(136	)
Balance (deficit) at December 31, 2009		15,385,428		$	15		$	91,793		$	313			—		$	—		$	(77,372	)	$	(72	)	$	14,677
Net income																				16,840			268			17,108
Foreign currency translation adjustments											169															169
Revaluation of interest rate cap											(379	)														(379	)
Comprehensive income																										16,898
Proceeds from exercise of stock options		385,027			1			1,772																		1,773
Issuance of stock grants		14,396						245																		245
Retirement of common stock		(9,206	)		—			—																		—
Non-cash stock-based compensation related to restricted stock units								2,065																		2,065
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options								1,416																		1,416
Distribution to noncontrolling interest																							(271	)		(271	)
Balance (deficit) at December 31, 2010		15,775,645		$	16		$	97,291		$	103			—		$	—		$	(60,532	)	$	(75	)	$	36,803
Net income																				17,900			378			18,278
Foreign currency translation adjustments											(390	)														(390	)
Revaluation of interest rate cap											(31	)														(31	)
Comprehensive income																										17,857
Repurchase of common stock		(461,512	)		(1	)		(7,543	)																	(7,544	)
Exercise of stock options		68,322			—			217																		217
Issuance of stock grants		14,009			—			245																		245
Vested restricted stock units		68,400			—			—																		—
Non-cash stock-based compensation related to restricted stock units								2,206																		2,206
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options								246																		246
Distribution to noncontrolling interest																							(388	)		(388	)
Balance (deficit) at December 31, 2011		15,464,864		$	15		$	92,662		$	(318	)	$	—		$	—		$	(42,632	)	$	(85	)	$	49,642

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

56

STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(In thousands, except for share and per share data)
Operating activities
Net income	$	18,278		$	17,108		$	14,215
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		6,671			6,018			5,460
Loss on sale of assets		31			115			332
Amortization of debt issuance costs		638			638			640
Non-cash stock-based compensation		2,451			2,310			2,292
Provision for losses on accounts receivable		201			100			376
Excess tax benefit related to stock option exercises		(246	)		(1,446	)		(535	)
Deferred income taxes		2,913			2,629			4,642
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Notes and accounts receivable		4,095			(9,672	)		(1,860	)
Prepaid assets		(154	)		2,710			(2,244	)
Other assets		(1,332	)		(1,887	)		(1,798	)
Accounts payable		763			(5,098	)		2,028
Accrued liabilities		641			6,009			(1,787	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		34,950			19,534			21,761
Investing activities
Purchase of leasehold improvements and equipment		(4,150	)		(2,985	)		(3,486	)
Proceeds from the sale of assets		116			5			58
Acquisitions		14			(3,597	)		(2,450	)
Cost of contracts purchased		(932	)		(678	)		(934	)
Capital interest		(43	)		(139	)		—
Contingent payments for businesses acquired		(262	)		(340	)		(268	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(5,257	)		(7,734	)		(7,080	)
Financing activities
Proceeds from exercise of stock options		217			1,773			415
Repurchase of common stock		(7,544	)		—			(3,885	)
Earn-out payments		—			(529	)		—
Payments on senior credit facility		(15,200	)		(14,650	)		(10,750	)
Payments on long-term borrowings		(136	)		(128	)		(120	)
Distribution to noncontrolling interest		(388	)		(271	)		(136	)
Payments of debt issuance costs		(30	)		(30	)		(30	)
Payments on capital leases		(553	)		(531	)		(983	)
Tax benefit related to stock option exercise		246			1,446			535
Net cash used in financing activities		(23,388	)		(12,920	)		(14,954	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		(390	)		169			228
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		5,915			(951	)		(45	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		7,305			8,256			8,301
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	13,220		$	7,305		$	8,256
Cash paid for:
Interest	$	4,015		$	5,097		$	5,951
Income taxes		7,507			7,270			2,938

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

57

STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands except share and per share data)

Note A. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and variable interest entities in which the Company is the primary beneficiary. Noncontrolling interest recorded in the consolidated statement of income is the interest in consolidated VIEs not controlled by the Company. We have interest in thirteen joint ventures and one limited liability company. The thirteen joint ventures each operate between one and thirty parking facilities. The limited liability company was formed to collect and distribute parking facility data for a fee. Of the fourteen variable interest entities, seven are consolidated into our financial statements, and seven are single purpose entities where the Company is not the primary beneficiary and therefore the Company does not control these entities as power is shared. Investments in variable interest entities where the Company is not the primary beneficiary are accounted for under the equity method. All significant intercompany profits, transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Parking Services Revenue

The Company’s revenues are primarily derived from leased locations, managed properties and the providing of ancillary services, such as accounting, equipment leasing, payments received for exercising termination rights, consulting development fees, gains on sales of contracts, insurance and other value-added services. In accordance with the guidance related to revenue recognition, revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the fees are fixed or determinable, collectability is reasonably assured and as services are provided. The Company recognizes gross receipts (net of taxes collected from customers) as revenue from leased locations, and management fees for parking services, as the related services are provided. Ancillary services are earned from management contract properties and are recognized as revenue as those services are provided.

Cost of Parking Services

The Company recognizes costs for leases, non-reimbursed costs from managed facilities and reimbursed expense as cost of parking services. Cost of parking services consists primarily of rent and payroll related costs.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included in general and administrative expenses. Advertising expenses aggregated $317, $308 and $212 for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Share based payments to employees including grants of employee stock options and restricted stock units are measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and the expense is recognized over the requisite employee service period (generally the vesting period) for awards expected to vest (considering estimated forfeitures).

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents represent funds temporarily invested in money market instruments with maturities of three months or less. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value.

58

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts, represents our estimate of the amount that ultimately will be realized in cash. Management reviews the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts on an ongoing basis, using historical collection trends, aging of receivables, and a review of specific accounts, and makes adjustments in the allowance as necessary. Changes in economic conditions or other circumstances could have an impact on the collection of existing receivable balances or future allowance considerations. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts was $2,969 and $2,805, respectively.

Leasehold Improvements, Equipment, and Construction in Progress, net

Leasehold improvements and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Equipment is depreciated on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives ranging from 2 to 10 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on the straight-line basis over the terms of the respective leases or the service lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter (average of approximately 7 years). Assets under capital leases are amortized on the straight-line basis over the shorter of the terms of the respective leases or the service lives of the asset and is included in depreciation expense.

Costs associated with directly obtaining, developing or upgrading internal-use software are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of software.

Cost of Contracts

Cost of parking contracts are amortized on a straight-line basis over the weighted average contract life which is 9.7 years for the year ending December 31, 2011, 9.5 years for the year ending December 31, 2010 and 9.4 years for the year ending December 31, 2009. Amortization expense was $2,275, $1,907 and $1,762 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Goodwill

We test goodwill for impairment annually and more frequently if circumstances warrant. We determine fair values for each of the reporting units using an income approach. For purposes of the income approach, fair value is determined based on the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at an appropriate risk-adjusted rate. We use our internal forecasts to estimate future cash flows and include an estimate of long-term future growth rates based on our most recent views of the long-term outlook for each segment. These assumptions could be adversely impacted by certain of the risks discussed in “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Form 10-K. Actual results may differ from those assumed in our forecasts. We use discount rates that are commensurate with the risks and uncertainty inherent in the respective reporting units and in our internally developed forecasts.

We performed our annual impairment test for goodwill at all of our reporting units in the fourth quarter. In performing the valuations, we used cash flows, which reflected management’s forecasts and discount rates which reflect the risks associated with the current market. Based on the results of our testing, the fair values of each of our reporting units exceeded their book values; therefore, the second step of the impairment test (in which fair value of each of the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities is measured) was not required to be performed and no goodwill impairment was recognized.

Estimating the fair value of reporting units involves the use of estimates and significant judgments that are based on a number of factors including actual operating results. If current conditions change from those expected, it is reasonably possible that the judgments and estimates described above could change in future periods.

59

Long Lived and Finite-Lived Intangible Assets

Long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles with finite lives are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or group of assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

Debt Issuance Costs

The costs of obtaining financing are capitalized and amortized as interest expense over the term of the respective financing using the interest rate method. Debt issuance costs of $950 and $1,558 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, are included in intangibles and other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and are reflected net of accumulated amortization. Amortization expense was $638, $638 and $640 at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Financial Instruments

The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair value due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments. Long-term debt has a carrying value that approximates fair value because these instruments bear interest at variable market rates.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of the Company’s foreign operations is the local currency. Accordingly, assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign operations are translated from foreign currencies into U.S. dollars at the rates in effect on the balance sheet date while income and expenses are translated at the weighted-average exchange rates for the year. Adjustments resulting from the translations of foreign currency financial statements are accumulated and classified as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.

Interest Rate Caps

We do not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash flow hedging purposes.

On February 22, 2010, we entered into interest rate cap agreements with Wells Fargo Bank N.A. (“Wells Fargo”) and Fifth Third Bank (“Fifth Third”), allowing us to limit our exposure on a portion of our borrowings under our senior credit facility (“Rate Cap Transactions”). Pursuant to two separate letter agreements between the Company and Wells Fargo and Fifth Third, respectively, we will receive payments from Wells Fargo and Fifth Third each quarterly period to the extent that the prevailing three month LIBOR during that period exceeds our cap rate of 3.25%. The Rate Cap Transactions are effective March 31, 2010, and will settle each quarter on a date that is intended to coincide with our quarterly interest payment dates under our senior credit facility. The Rate Cap Transactions cap our LIBOR interest rate on a notional amount of $50,000 at 3.25% for a total of 39 months. These Rate Cap Transactions are classified as a cash flow hedge, and we calculate the effectiveness of the hedge on a quarterly basis. The ineffective portion of the cash flow hedge is recognized in earnings as an increase of interest expense of $112 in 2011 and $1 in 2010. The fair value of the interest rate cap at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is $8 and $174, respectively and is included in prepaid expenses.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the

60

financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current environment.

Insurance Reserves

The Company purchases comprehensive casualty insurance covering certain claims that arise in connection with our operations. In addition, the Company purchases umbrella/excess liability coverage. The Company’s various liability insurance policies have deductibles of up to $250 that must be met before the insurance companies are required to reimburse the Company for costs incurred relating to covered claims. As a result, the Company is, in effect, self-insured for all claims up to the deductible levels. The Company applies the provisions as defined in the guidance related to accounting for contingencies, in determining the timing and amount of expense recognition associated with claims against the Company. The expense recognition is based upon the Company’s determination of an unfavorable outcome of a claim being deemed as probable and capable of being reasonably estimated, as defined in the guidance related to accounting for contingencies. This determination requires the use of judgment in both the estimation of probability and the amount to be recognized as an expense. The Company utilizes historical claims experience along with regular input from third party insurance advisors in determining the required level of insurance reserves. Future information regarding historical loss experience may require changes to the level of insurance reserves and could result in increased expense recognition in the future.

Contingencies

The Company is subject to litigation in the normal course of our business. The Company applies the provisions as defined in the guidance related to accounting for contingencies in determining the recognition and measurement of expense recognition associated with legal claims against the Company. Management uses guidance from internal and external legal counsel on the potential outcome of litigation in determining the need to record liabilities for potential losses and the disclosure of pending legal claims.

Income Taxes

Income tax in the consolidated statement of operations includes deferred income tax provisions or benefits for all significant temporary differences in recognizing income and expenses for financial reporting and income tax purposes. A valuation allowance is established if it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Reimbursed Management Contract Revenue and Expense

The Company recognizes as both revenues and expenses, in equal amounts, costs incurred by the Company that are directly reimbursed from its management clients. The Company has determined it is the principal in these transactions, as defined in ASC 605-45 Principal Agent Considerations, based on the indicators of gross revenue reporting. As the principal, we are the primary obligor in the arrangement, have latitude in establishing price, discretion in supplier selection, and we assume credit risk.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued updated accounting guidance related to the presentation of comprehensive income. This accounting update eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of shareholders’ equity. Instead, comprehensive income must be reported in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income, which contains two sections, net income and other comprehensive income, or in two separate but consecutive statements. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is not permitted. The adoption of this update will impact the presentation and disclosure of the Company’s financial statements but will not impact the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

61

In September 2011, the FASB issued updated accounting guidance related to testing goodwill for impairment. The amendments provide entities with the option of performing a qualitative assessment before performing the first step of the two-step impairment test. If entities determine, on the basis of qualitative factors, it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test would be unnecessary. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test by calculating the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing the fair value with the carrying amount of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then the entity is required to perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. The amendment also provides entities with the option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to the first step of the two-step impairment test. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, but early adoption is permitted. Although the Company is still evaluating the impact of this guidance, we do not believe that its adoption will have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows but could impact financial statement disclosures.

In May 2011, the FASB issued updated accounting guidance related to amendments to achieve common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements. The guidance amends certain accounting and disclosure requirements related to fair value measurements to ensure that fair value has the same meaning in U.S. GAAP and in IFRS and that their respective fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are the same. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is not permitted. We are currently evaluating how we will adopt this new guidance and the impact, if any, the adoption will have on our future results of operations and financial condition.

Accounting Standards Adopted

In September 2011, the FASB issued updated accounting guidance related to compensation retirement benefits for multiemployer plans. The amendments are intended to provide more information about an employer’s financial obligations to multiemployer pension plans and multiemployer other postretirement benefits plans and, therefore, help financial statement users better understand the financial health of all of the significant plans in which the employer participates. This guidance is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2011. The Company has provided increased disclosures related to its participation in multi-employer pension plans.

Reclassification

Certain amounts previously presented in the financial statements of prior periods have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation.

Note B. Common and Preferred Stock

On April 28, 2010, our stockholders approved the charter amendment increasing the Company’s number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the certificate of incorporation by 28,700,000 shares, and increasing the number of shares of preferred stock from ten shares to 5,000,000 shares. The amount of total authorized capital stock following the amendment is 55,000,000 shares, which includes 50,000,000 shares of common stock with a $0.001 par value and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a $0.01 par value. The amendment was filed with the State of Delaware on April 29, 2010.

Note C. Net Income Per Common Share

Companies are required to present basic and diluted earnings per share. Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income attributable to Standard Parking Corporation by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is based upon the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period plus dilutive potential common shares, including stock options and restricted stock units using the treasury-stock method.

62

A reconciliation of the weighted average basic shares outstanding to the weighted average diluted shares outstanding is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
	(In thousands except for share and per share data)
Net income attributable to Standard Parking Corporation	$	17,900	$	16,840	$	14,092
Weighted average basic shares outstanding		15,703,595		15,579,352		15,292,412
Effect of dilutive stock options and restricted stock units		344,284		365,310		391,113
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding		16,047,879		15,944,662		15,683,525
Net income per share:
Basic	$	1.14	$	1.08	$	0.92
Diluted	$	1.12	$	1.06	$	0.90

There were no anti-dilutive options for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. There were 19,068 anti-dilutive options excluded in the computation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2009 because the options’ exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common stock.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, 9,205 shares of performance based restricted stock were not included in the computation of weighted average diluted common share amounts because the number of shares ultimately issuable is contingent on the Company’s performance goals, which were not achieved as of those dates. The plan was completed as of December 31, 2009, and during the second quarter of 2010, all non-awarded shares were returned to the pool of generally available shares available for future use under the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

There are no additional securities that could dilute basic EPS in the future that were not included in the computation of diluted EPS, other than those disclosed.

Note D. Leasehold Improvements, Equipment and Construction in Progress, net

A summary of leasehold improvements, equipment, and construction in progress and related accumulated depreciation and amortization is as follows:

		December 31
	Ranges of Estimated Useful Life	2011			2010
Equipment	2-5 Years	$	12,021		$	12,241
Software	3-10 Years		12,643			7,512
Vehicles	4 Years		9,405			8,913
Other	10 Years		2,464			2,316
Leasehold improvements	Shorter of lease term or economic		9,732			9,642
Construction in progress	life up to 10 years		2,255			6,025
			48,520			46,649
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization			(31,788	)		(29,810	)
Leasehold improvements, equipment and construction in progress, net		$	16,732		$	16,839

Depreciation expense was $4,167, $3,722 and $3,832 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Depreciation includes losses on abandonments of leasehold improvements and equipment of $31, $53 and $369 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

63

Note E. Cost of Contracts, net

Cost of contracts represents the cost of obtaining contractual rights associated with providing parking services at a managed or leased facility. Cost consists of either capitalized payments made to third parties or the value ascribed to contracts acquired through acquisition. Cost of contracts are amortized over the estimated life of the contracts, including anticipated renewals and terminations. Estimated lives are based on either the contract life or anticipated lives that are consistent with the underlying valuation analysis used in determining the fair value at acquisition.

The balance of cost of contracts is comprised of the following:

	December 31,
	2011			2010
Cost of contracts	$	24,203		$	23,273
Accumulated amortization		(9,917	)		(7,645	)
Cost of contracts, net	$	14,286		$	15,628

The expected future amortization of cost of contracts is as follows:

	Cost of Contract
2012	$	2,344
2013		2,237
2014		2,043
2015		1,829
2016		1,643
2017 and Thereafter		4,190
Total	$	14,286

Amortization expense related to cost of contracts was $2,275, $1,907 and $1,762 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 respectively. Amortization includes losses on cost of contracts of $0, $62, and $0 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The weighted average useful life is 9.7 years for 2011, 9.5 years for 2010 and 9.4 years for 2009.

Note F. Acquisitions

2010 Acquisitions

On December 8, 2010, the Company acquired Expert Parking, Inc. and Expert Parking Management, Inc. in a stock purchase transaction for a purchase price in the amount of $5,963 net of cash acquired, of which $3,583 was paid in cash, and $2,380 of earn-out payments to be paid over five years, which are contingent upon achieving certain financial performance targets. Expert Parking, based in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, operates and manages garages in Pennsylvania and New Jersey.

The acquisition represents an acquisition of a business and was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The Company has completed its fair value analysis and the purchase price allocation is final. The Company financed the acquisition through additional term borrowings under the senior credit facility and existing cash. The results of operations of this acquisition is included in the Company’s consolidated statement of income from the date of acquisition.

The Company expensed acquisition related costs of $10 in 2011 and $207 in 2010. These costs are included in general and administrative expenses in the income statement. The amount of goodwill that is expected to be deductible for tax purposes is $1,182. The acquisition is not considered material to the Company.

64

Note G. Fair Value Measurement

The Company applies the accounting standards for fair value measurements and disclosures for its financial assets and financial liabilities. The guidance requires disclosures about assets and liabilities measured at fair value. The Company’s financial assets relate to the interest rate cap of $8 and the Company’s financial liabilities relate to contingent acquisition consideration payments of $6,498.

The accounting guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures includes a fair value hierarchy that is intended to increase consistency and comparability in fair value measurements and related disclosures. The fair value hierarchy is based on observable or unobservable inputs to valuation techniques that are used to measure fair value. Observable inputs reflect assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability based on market data obtained from independent sources while unobservable inputs reflect a reporting entity’s pricing based upon its own market assumptions. The fair value hierarchy consists of the following three levels:

• Level 1: Inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

• Level 2: Inputs are quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in an active market, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and market-corroborated inputs, which are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

• Level 3: Inputs that are derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or value drivers are unobservable.

The significant inputs used to derive the fair value of the contingent acquisition consideration include financial forecasts of future operating results, the probability of reaching the forecast and the associated discount rate. The weighted average probability of the contingent acquisition consideration ranges from 95% to 10%, with a weighted average discount rate of 12%. The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the basis of measurement at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	Total Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2011			Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Interest Rate Cap	$	8			—		8		—
Liabilities:
Contingent acquisition consideration	$	(6,498	)		—		—		(6,498	)

	Total Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2010			Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Interest Rate Cap	$	174			—		174		—
Liabilities:
Contingent acquisition consideration	$	(6,807	)		—		—		(6,807	)

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for the liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

	Due to Seller
Balance at December 31, 2009	$	(5,090	)
Increase related to new acquisitions		(2,400	)
Payment of contingent consideration		529
Change in fair value		154
Balance at December 31, 2010		(6,807	)
Increase related to new acquisitions		—
Payment of contingent consideration		—
Change in fair value		309
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	(6,498	)

65

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded adjustments to the original contingent consideration obligation recognized upon the acquisition of Gameday Management Group U.S. The adjustments were the result of using revised forecasts and updated fair value measurements that adjusted the Company’s potential earn-out payments related to the purchase of this business.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recognized a benefit of $309 in general and administrative expenses in the statement of income due to the change in fair value measurements using a level three valuation technique.

The carrying and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	2011						2010
	Carrying Amount			Fair Value			Carrying Amount			Fair Value
	(In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	13,220		$	13,220		$	7,305		$	7,305
Long-term debt —
Senior credit facility		(80,000	)		(80,000	)		(95,200	)		(95,200	)
Capital lease obligation		(972	)		(972	)		(1,525	)		(1,525	)
Obligations on Seller notes and other		(1,041	)		(1,041	)		(1,177	)		(1,177	)

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair value due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments. Long-term debt has a carrying value that approximates fair value because these instruments bear interest at variable market rates. The fair value of the capital lease and obligations on Seller notes and other obligations were estimated to not be materially different from the carrying amount.

Note H. Borrowing Arrangements

Long-term borrowings, in order of preference, consist of:

		Amount Outstanding
	Due Date	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
	(In thousands)
Senior credit facility	June 2013	$	80,000	$	95,200
Capital lease obligations	Various		972		1,525
Obligations on Seller notes and other	Various		1,041		1,177
Total debt			82,013		97,902
Less current portion			754		673
Total long-term debt		$	81,259	$	97,229

66

Future minimum payments of total long-term debt at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

2012	$	2,329
2013		81,268
2014		206
2015		206
2016		206
Thereafter		223
Total minimum payments		84,438
Less: Amounts representing interest		3,397
Present value of minimum payments		81,041
Present value of minimum payments of capital leases(1)		972
Less: Current portion		754
Total long-term portion	$	81,259

(1) Future minimum lease payments under capital leases are included in Note O.

Senior Credit Facility

On July 15, 2008, we amended and restated our credit facility.

The $210,000 revolving senior credit facility will expire on June 29, 2013. The revolving senior credit facility includes a letter of credit sub-facility with a sublimit of $50,000. The $50,000 letter of credit sub-facility does not limit the maximum actual borrowings on the revolving senior credit facility.

This revolving senior credit facility bears interest, at our option, at either (1) LIBOR plus an applicable LIBOR margin of between 2.00% and 3.50% depending on the ratio of our total funded indebtedness to our EBITDA from time to time (“Total Debt Ratio”) or (2) the Base Rate (as defined below) plus an applicable Base Rate Margin of between 0.50% and 2.00% depending on our Total Debt Ratio. We may elect interest periods of one, two, three or six months for LIBOR based borrowings. The Base Rate is the greater of (i) the rate publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America, N.A. as its “prime rate,” or (ii) the overnight federal funds rate plus 0.50%.

Certain financial covenants limit the Company’s capacity to fully draw on its $210,000 revolving credit facility. Our senior credit facility includes a fixed charge ratio covenant, a total debt to EBITDA ratio covenant, a limit on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, issue preferred stock or pay dividends, and certain other restrictions on our activities. We are required to repay borrowings under our senior credit facility out of the proceeds of future issuances of debt or equity securities and asset sales, subject to certain customary exceptions. Our senior credit facility is secured by substantially all of our assets and all assets acquired in the future (including a pledge of 100% of the stock of our existing and future domestic guarantor subsidiaries and 65% of the stock of our existing and future foreign subsidiaries).

We are in compliance with all of our covenants as of December 31, 2011.

The weighted average interest rate on our senior credit facility at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was 2.5% and 2.6%, respectively. The rate includes all outstanding LIBOR contracts, interest rate cap effect and letters of credit. The weighted average interest rate on outstanding borrowings, not including letters of credit, was 2.6% at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

At December 31, 2011, we had $16,823 of letters of credit outstanding under the senior credit facility, borrowings against the senior credit facility aggregated $80,000, and we had $61,424 available under the senior credit facility.

We have entered into various financing agreements, which were used for the purchase of equipment.

67

Note I. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Revaluation of interest rate cap	$	(411	)	$	(379	)	$	—
Effect of foreign currency translation		93			482			313
Total	$	(318	)	$	103		$	313

Note J. Income Taxes

The components of income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

	2011		2010			2009
Current provision:
U.S. federal	$	6,202	$	5,958		$	2,778
Foreign		292		682			250
State		1,678		1,238			735
Total current		8,172		7,878			3,763
Deferred provision:
U.S. federal		3,015		2,497			4,133
Foreign		5		(96	)		—
State		43		476			369
Total deferred		3,063		2,877			4,502
Income tax expense	$	11,235	$	10,755		$	8,265

Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amount used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carry forwards	$	4,017		$	4,947
Accrued expenses		9,651			9,079
Accrued compensation		6,081			5,371
Other		274			253
Gross deferred tax assets		20,023			19,650
Less: valuation allowance		(318	)		(318	)
Total deferred tax asset		19,705			19,332
Deferred tax liabilities:
Prepaid expenses		(244	)		(253	)
Undistributed foreign earnings		(1,176	)		(1,100	)
Tax over book depreciation and amortization		(3,012	)		(1,849	)
Tax over book goodwill amortization		(25,426	)		(23,357	)
Other		(83	)		(97	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(29,941	)		(26,656	)
Net deferred tax liability	$	(10,236	)	$	(7,324	)

68

Amounts recognized on the balance sheet consist of:

	2011			2010
Deferred tax asset, current	$	2,745		$	2,314
Deferred tax (liability), long term		(12,981	)		(9,637	)
Net deferred tax liability	$	(10,236	)	$	(7,323	)

The accounting guidance for accounting for income taxes requires that we assess the realizability of deferred tax assets at each reporting period. These assessments generally consider several factors including the reversal of existing temporary differences, projected future taxable income, and potential tax planning strategies. We have valuation allowances totaling $318 at December 31, 2011 and 2010 related to our state net operating loss (NOLs) carryforwards that we believe are not likely to be realized based upon our estimates of future state taxable income limitations of the use of our state NOLs, and the carryforward life over which the state tax benefit will be realized.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had $8,869 of gross federal net operating loss (NOLs) carryforwards, which will expire in the years 2023 through 2024, and $913 of tax effected state net operating loss (NOLs) carryforwards which will expire 2012 through 2026. As a result of the initial public offering completed in June of 2004, an ownership change occurred under Internal Revenue Code Section 382 which limits our ability to use pre-change NOLs to reduce future taxable income. Additionally, a second ownership change occurred in May 2009, however, since the fair market value of the Company’s shares were significantly higher than at the time of the initial public offering, there was no change in the applicable Section 382 limitation that limits our ability to utilize pre-change NOLs.

Since 2005, the Company has treated its investment in its Canadian subsidiary as non-permanent in duration and provided taxes on the undistributed Canadian earnings under the applicable accounting guidance. In 2011 the Company reassessed the treatment of the undistributed earnings of its Canadian subsidiary and determined that approximately $1,600 of Canadian earnings are permanently reinvested to meet the Canadian subsidiary’s working capital requirements. The Company has provided taxes for the remaining undistributed earnings of its Canadian subsidiary in excess of the permanently reinvested amount.

A reconciliation of the Company’s reported income tax provision (benefit) to the amount computed by multiplying book income/(loss) before income taxes by the statutory United States federal income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Tax at statutory rate	$	10,330		$	9,752		$	7,868
Permanent differences		572			464			447
State taxes, net of federal benefit		1,134			1,314			933
Effect of foreign tax rates		(71	)		(24	)		(86	)
Recognition of tax credits		(903	)		(526	)		(929	)
Other		173			(174	)		119
		11,235			10,806			8,352
Change in valuation allowance		—			(51	)		(87	)
Income tax expense	$	11,235		$	10,755		$	8,265

Income taxes paid in aggregate to United States federal, state and Canadian tax authorities was $7,507, $7,270 and $2,938 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company has not identified any uncertain tax positions that would have a material impact on the Company’s financial position. The Company recognizes potential interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if any, in income tax expense.

69

The tax years that remain subject to examination for the Company’s major tax jurisdictions at December 31, 2011 are shown below:

2005 – 2010	United States—federal income tax
2005 – 2010	United States—state and local income tax
2007 – 2010	Canada

Note K. Benefit Plans

The Company has deferred compensation arrangements for certain key executives, a savings and retirement plan, and a non-qualified deferred compensation plan in which certain employees are eligible to participate.

The Company offers deferred compensation arrangements for certain key executives. Subject to their continued employment by the Company, certain employees offered supplemental pension arrangements will receive a defined monthly benefit upon attaining age 65. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company has accrued $3,362 and $3,154, respectively, representing the present value of the future benefit payments. Expenses related to these plans amounted to $311, $154, and $217 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Participants in the savings and retirement plan may elect to contribute a portion of their compensation to the plan. The Company, contributes an amount in cash or other property as required by the plan. Expenses related to these plans amounted to $988, $951, and $897 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Company also offers a non-qualified deferred compensation plan. This plan allows certain employees to defer a portion of their compensation, limited to a maximum of $50 per year, to be paid to the participants upon separation of employment or distribution date selected by employee. To support the non-qualified deferred compensation plan, the Company has elected to purchase Company owned life insurance (“COLI”) policies on certain plan participants. The cash surrender value of the COLI policies is designed to provide a source for funding the accrued liability. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the cash surrender value of the COLI policies is $3,902 and $2,830, respectively and is included in intangible and other assets, net on the consolidated balance sheet. The liability for the non-qualified deferred compensation plan is included in other long-term liabilities and was $3,929 and $2,960 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The Company contributes to a number of multiemployer defined benefit pension plans under the terms of collective-bargaining agreements that cover its union-represented employees. The risks of participating in these multiemployer plans are different from single-employer plans in the following aspects:

a. Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers.

b. If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers.

c. If the Company chooses to stop participating in one of its multiemployer plans, it may be required to pay the plan an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as withdrawal liability.

The Company’s participation in these plans for the annual period ended December 31, 2011, is outlined in the table below. The “EIN/Pension Plan Number” row provides the Employee Identification Number (EIN) and the three-digit plan number, if applicable. The zone status is based on information that the Company received from the plan and is certified by the plan’s actuary. Among other factors, plans in the red zone are generally less than 65 percent funded, plans in the yellow zone are less than 80 percent funded, and plans in the green zone are at least 80 percent funded. The “FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented” row indicates plans for which a financial improvement plan (FIP) or a rehabilitation plan (RP) is either pending or has been implemented. The last row lists the expiration dates of the collective-bargaining agreements to which the plans are subject. There have been

70

no significant changes, affecting period-to-period comparability of contributions, to the number of employees covered by the Company’s multiemployer plans from 2009 to 2011.

EIN/ Pension Plan Number

Pension Protection Zone Status

FIP/FR  Pending Implementation

Contributions

Surcharge Imposed

Zone Status as of the Most Recent Annual Report

Expiration Date of Collective Bargaining Agreement

Pension

2010

2009

2011

2010

2009

Teamsters Local Union 727

0001746

Green

Green

N/A

3,617

2,500

2,209

No

2/28/11, 2/28/10

10/31/11

Western Conference of Teamsters

91-6145047

Green

Green

N/A

215

206

186

No

1/1/10, 1/1/09

4/30/13

The Company’s contributions represented more than five percent of total contributions to the Teamsters Local Union No. 727 Benefit Fund as indicated in the Fund’s Form 5500 for the plan year ending February 28, 2011 (the Plan’s most recently available annual report). We do not represent more than five percent to any other fund.

Net expenses not reimbursed by clients and related to multiemployer defined benefit and defined contribution benefit plans were $710, $552 and $572 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

In the event that we decide to cease participating in these plans, we could be assessed a withdrawal liability. We currently do not have any intentions to cease participating in these multiemployer pension plans and therefore would not trigger the withdrawal liability.

Note L. Leases and Contingencies

The Company operates parking facilities under operating leases expiring on various dates, generally prior to 2019. Certain of the leases contain options to renew at the Company’s discretion.

Total future annual rent expense is not determinable as a portion of such future rent is contingent based on revenues. At December 31, 2011, the Company’s minimum rental commitments, excluding contingent rent provisions under all non-cancelable operating leases, are as follows:

2012(1)	$	39,051
2013		27,943
2014		19,340
2015		15,945
2016		10,193
2017 and thereafter,		8,675
	$	121,147

(1) $7,317 is included in 2012’s minimum commitments for leases that expire in less than one year.

Rent expense, including contingent rents, was $108,324, $101,623 and $101,634 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Contingent rent expense was $58,309, $53,211 and $53,513 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Contingent rent expense consists primarily of percentage rent payments, which will cease at various times as certain leases expire.

We enter into contingent purchase price arrangements from time to time for our business combinations and depending upon the date of the business combination, some of our contingent purchase price arrangements are not reflected in our consolidated balance sheet as those acquisitions occurred prior to the adoption of the most recent guidance on business combinations which now requires these to be recorded on the date of the acquisition. Our contingent payment obligations outstanding under previous business combination rules totaled $536 and

71

$908, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, assuming all performance targets would be achieved as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and on an aggregate undiscounted basis. Such contingent payments will be accounted for as additional purchase price if the performance criteria are achieved; accordingly, this contingent payment obligation is not recorded at December 31, 2011. In addition, as of December 31, 2011 we have accrued $233 for contingent payment obligations incurred in 2011 under previous business combination rules. We have recorded a contingency obligation for acquisitions subsequent to the adoption of the most recent guidance on business combinations, in the amount of $6,498, of which $4,295 is included in the other long-term liabilities and $2,203 is included in accrued expenses at December 31, 2011.

Note M. Management Contracts and Related Arrangements with Affiliates

We entered into a consulting agreement with D&E Parking that became effective on May 1, 2007. Edward Simmons, an executive officer of Standard Parking, has an ownership interest in D&E. This consulting agreement was terminated on April 30, 2009. Per the terms of the agreement, consideration for services provided was $250 per year. In addition, the consultant was eligible for a consultant fee of up to $50 per year. In consideration of the services provided by D&E under this arrangement, we paid D&E $128 in 2009.

In 2011, 2010 and 2009, Standard Parking provided property management services for fourteen, sixteen, and nineteen separate retail shopping centers and commercial office buildings, respectively, in which D&E has an ownership interest. In consideration of the property management services we provided for these properties, we recorded net management fees totaling $630, $634 and $689 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

In 2011, 2010 and 2009, our wholly owned subsidiary, SP Plus Security, Inc., formerly known as Preferred Response Security Services, Inc., provided security services for two retail shopping centers owned by D&E. We recorded net management fees amounting to $2 for these security services in 2011, $30 in 2010 and $30 in 2009. We provided sweeping and power washing for one retail shopping facility in which D&E has ownership interest in 2011 and 2010 and two retail shopping facilities in which D&E has ownership in 2009. For these services we recorded net management fees totaling $1 in 2011, $1 in 2010 and $1 in 2009.

On June 2, 2004, we entered into a registration rights agreement with Steamboat Industries LLC, our former parent company and an affiliate of Mr. Holten, our former Chairman (“Steamboat”). Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, Steamboat exercised its demand registration rights in April 2009. No registration statement was filed pursuant to the demand made by Steamboat.

On May 15, 2009, Steamboat transferred all of its rights under the registration rights agreement to GSO Special Situations Fund LP, GSO Special Situations Overseas Master Fund Ltd., GSO Special Situations Overseas Benefit Plan Fund Ltd., GSO Capital Opportunities Fund LP, and CML VII, LLC. (collectively, the “Significant Stockholders”) together with substantially all of its Standard Parking common stock, and the Significant Stockholders agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this agreement. At the time of these transactions, Timothy J. White, formerly one of our directors, was a Senior Managing Director and Co-Head of Mezzanine Investing and Head of Private Equity Investing for GSO Capital Partners LP, an affiliate of the GSO funds that are Significant Stockholders. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, the Significant Stockholders exercised their demand registration rights before such rights terminated on May 27, 2009, and a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 was filed pursuant to the Significant Stockholders’ demand notice to register all of the 7,581,842 shares of Standard Parking common stock that they held. On November 9, 2009, our Company and the Significant Stockholders entered into Amendment No. 1 to Registration Rights Agreement to cause the registration statement to remain effective for a period of two years from the date that it became effective, which was October 6, 2009. Accordingly, we were required to cause the registration statement to remain effective until October 6, 2011 or until all 7,581,842 registered shares have been distributed, whichever occurs first. The registration rights terminated because these shares of common stock were sold in a public offering and/or the Significant Stockholders’ shares all became eligible for sale under Rule 144.

72

On November 9, 2009, we entered into an underwriting agreement with the Significant Stockholders and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and William Blair & Company, L.L.C., as representatives for the several underwriters, relating to the public offering of up to 6,592,906 shares of our common stock by the Significant Stockholders. The Significant Stockholders also granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase an additional 988,936 shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments, if any. The underwriting agreement included customary representations, warranties and covenants by us and the Significant Stockholders. It also provided for customary indemnification by each of our Company, the Significant Stockholders and the underwriters against certain liabilities and customary contribution provisions in respect of those liabilities. Of the 7,581,842 registered shares, the Significant Stockholders sold 6,819,692 shares pursuant to the registration statement in 2009. An additional 580,032 shares were sold by certain significant stockholders pursuant to the registration statement in 2010. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the Significant Stockholders. In 2009, we incurred $1,700 of legal, accounting, registration and related expenses in connection with Steamboat’s and the Significant Stockholders’ registration demand, the related underwriting agreements, and costs and expenses associated with the loss of control by our former parent, Steamboat.

Note N. Legal Proceedings

We are subject to litigation in the normal course of our business. The outcomes of legal proceedings and claims brought against us and other loss contingencies are subject to significant uncertainty. We accrue a charge against income when our management determines that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. In addition, we accrue for the authoritative judgments or assertions made against us by government agencies at the time of their rendering regardless of our intent to appeal. In determining the appropriate accounting for loss contingencies, we consider the likelihood of loss or impairment of an asset or the incurrence of a liability, as well as our ability to reasonably estimate the amount of loss. We regularly evaluate current information available to us to determine whether an accrual should be established or adjusted. Estimating the probability that a loss will occur and estimating the amount of a loss or a range of loss involves significant judgment.

Note O. Capital Leases

Property under capital leases included within equipment is as follows:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
Service vehicles	$	3,739	$	3,739
Parking equipment		—		64
		3,739		3,803
Less: Accumulated depreciation		2,951		2,473
	$	788	$	1,330

Amortization expense was $542, $561 and $844 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which is included in depreciation expense.

Future minimum lease payments under capital leases at December 31, 2011 as well as the present value of the minimum lease payments through expiration are as follows:

2012	$	633
2013		403
Total minimum payments		1,036
Less: Amounts representing interest		64
Present value of minimum payments		972
Less: Current portion		609
Total long-term portion	$	363

73

Note P. Goodwill

Goodwill is assigned to respective segments based upon the specific Region where the assets acquired and associated goodwill resided.

The following table reflects the changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill by reported segment for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

	Region One		Region Two			Region Three		Region Four		Total
Balance as of December 31, 2009	$	61,849	$	8,460		$	35,227	$	22,577	$	128,113
Acquired during the period		3,489		—			—		—		3,489
Contingent payments related to acquisitions		326		—			14		—		340
Foreign currency translation		—		254			—		—		254
Balance as of December 31, 2010	$	65,664	$	8,714		$	35,241	$	22,577	$	132,196
Adjustments to purchase price		73		—			—		—		73
Contingent payments related to acquisitions		228		—			34		—		262
Foreign currency translation		—		(114	)		—		—		(114	)
Balance as of December 31, 2011	$	65,965	$	8,600		$	35,275	$	22,577	$	132,417

Note Q. Long-Term Receivables, net

Long-term receivables, net, consist of the following:

	December 31,
	2011			2010
Deficiency payments:
Balance at beginning of year	$	12,070		$	9,606
Deficiency payments made		1,716			2,724
Deficiency repayment received		(379	)		(260	)
Balance at end of year		13,407			12,070
Other Bradley related, net		3,203			3,203
Valuation allowance		(2,484	)		(2,484	)
Total Bradley receivable		14,126			12,789
Other long-term receivables		51			—
Total long-term receivables	$	14,177		$	12,789

Agreement

We are entered into a 25-year agreement with the State of Connecticut (“State”) that expires on April 6, 2025, under which we operate the surface parking and 3,500 garage parking spaces at Bradley International Airport located in the Hartford, Connecticut metropolitan area. The Company manages the facility for which it is expected to receive a management fee.

The parking garage was financed on April 6, 2000 through the issuance of $53,800 of State of Connecticut special facility revenue bonds, representing $47,700 non-taxable Series A bonds and a separate taxable issuance of $6,100 Series B bonds. The Series B bonds were retired on July 1, 2006 according to the terms of the indenture. The Bradley agreement provides that we deposit with a trustee for the bondholders all gross revenues collected from operations of the surface and garage parking, and from these gross revenues the trustee pays debt service on the special facility revenue bonds outstanding, operating and capital maintenance expense of the surface and garage parking facilities excluding our management fee discussed below, and specific annual

74

guaranteed minimum payments to the state. Principal and interest on the Bradley special facility revenue bonds increase from approximately $3,600 in lease year 2002 to approximately $4,500 in lease year 2025. Annual guaranteed minimum payments to the State increase from approximately $8,300 in lease year 2002 to approximately $13,200 in lease year 2024. The annual minimum guaranteed payment to the State by the trustee for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $10,162 and $9,935, respectively.

All of the cash flow from the parking facilities are pledged to the security of the special facility revenue bonds and are collected and deposited with the bond trustee. Each month the bond trustee makes certain required monthly distributions, which are characterized as “Guaranteed Payments.” To the extent the monthly gross receipts generated by the parking facilities are not sufficient for the trustee to make the required Guaranteed Payments, we are obligated to deliver the deficiency amount to the trustee. Additionally, the Guaranteed Payments are required to be paid before we are reimbursed for deficiency payments or management fees.

The following is the list of Guaranteed Payments:

• Garage and surface operating expenses,

• Principal and interest on the special facility revenue bonds,

• Trustee expenses,

• Major maintenance and capital improvement deposits; and

• State minimum guarantee.

However, to the extent there is a cash surplus in any month during the term of the Lease, we have the right to be repaid the principal amount of any and all deficiency payments, together with actual interest expenses and a premium, not to exceed 10% of the initial deficiency payment. We calculate and record interest income and premium income in the period the associated deficiency payment is received from the trustee.

Deficiency Payments

To the extent that monthly gross receipts are not sufficient for the trustee to make the required payments, we are obligated pursuant to our agreement, to deliver the deficiency amount to the trustee within three business days of being notified. We are responsible for these deficiency payments regardless of the amount of utilization for the Bradley parking facilities. The deficiency payments represent contingent interest bearing advances to the trustee to cover operating cash flow requirements. To the extent sufficient funds are available in the appropriate fund, the trustee is then directed by the State to reimburse us for deficiency payments up to the amount of the calculated surplus.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we made deficiency payments (net of repayments received) of $1,337. In addition, in 2011 we received $54 for premium income and $256 in interest income on deficiency repayments from the trustee. In the year ended December 31, 2010, we made deficiency payments (net of repayments received) of $2,464. In addition, in 2010 we received $31 for premium income on deficiency payments to the trustee. We did not record or receive any interest on deficiency repayments from the trustee in the year ended December 31, 2010. The receivable from the trustee for interest and premium income related to deficiency repayments was $0 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The payments, if any, are recorded as a receivable by us for which we are reimbursed from time to time as provided in the trust agreement. As of December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, we have a receivable of $13,407 and $12,070, respectively, compromised of cumulative deficiency payments to the trustee, net of reimbursements. We believe these advances to be fully recoverable, as the Construction, Financing and Operating Special Facility Lease Agreement, which governs reimbursement of Guarantor Payments places no time restriction on the company’s right to reimbursement, and therefore have not recorded a valuation allowance for them. We do not guarantee the payment of any principal or interest on any debt obligations of the State of Connecticut or the trustee.

75

Per the Construction, Financing and Operating Special Facility Lease Agreement, which governs reimbursement of deficiency payments, places no time restriction or language exists limiting our right to reimbursement in the Lease.

Compensation

In addition to the recovery of certain general and administrative expenses incurred, our agreement provides for an annual management fee payment which is based on three operating profit tiers calculated for each year during the term of the agreement. The management fee is further apportioned 60% to us and 40% to an un-affiliated entity. To the extent that funds are available for the trustee to make a distribution, the annual management fee is paid when sufficient cash is paid after the Guaranteed Payments (as defined in our agreement), and after the repayment of all deficiency payments, including accrued interest and premium. However, our right to the management fee accrues each year during the term of the agreement and is paid when sufficient cash is available for the trustee to make a distribution.

The annual management fee is paid after the repayment of all deficiency payments, including accrued interest and premium, therefore due to the existence and length of time for repayment of the deficiency amounts to the Company, no management fees have been recognized in the accompanying financial statements. Management fees will be recognized in accordance with SAB 104 when “collectability is reasonably assured”.

Cumulative management fees of $5,400 have not been recognized as of December 31, 2011 and no management fees were recognized during 2011, 2010 or 2009.

Note R. Stock Repurchases

2011 Stock Repurchases

In June 2011, our Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase shares of our common stock, on the open market, up to $20,000 in aggregate and cancelled a prior authorization from 2008.

During the second quarter of 2011, we repurchased 27,803 shares from third party shareholders at an average price of $15.52 per share, including average commissions of $0.03 per share, on the open market. The total value of the second quarter transactions was $431. At June 30, 2011, 27,803 shares were held as treasury stock. In July 2011 we returned the shares to authorized and unissued.

During the third quarter of 2011, we repurchased 286,109 shares from third party shareholders at an average price of $16.08 per share, including average commissions of $0.03 per share, on the open market. The total value of the third quarter transactions was $4,600. At September 30, 2011, 55,370 shares were held as treasury stock. In October 2011 we returned the shares to authorized and unissued.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, we repurchased 147,600 shares from third party shareholders at an average price of $17.02 per share, including average commissions of $0.03 per share, on the open market. The total value of the fourth quarter transactions was $2,512. At December 31, 2011, no shares were held as treasury stock and all repurchased shares were returned to authorized and unissued.

As of December 31, 2011, $12,467 remained available for stock repurchases under the June 2011 authorization by the Board of Directors.

2010 Stock Repurchases

No share repurchases were made by us in 2010.

76

Note S. Domestic and Foreign Operations

Business Unit Segment Information

An operating segment is defined as a component of an enterprise that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur expenses, and about which separate financial information is regularly evaluated by our chief operating decision maker, in deciding how to allocate resources. Our chief operating decision maker is the Company’s president and chief executive officer.

Each of the operating segments is directly responsible for revenue and expenses related to their operations including direct regional administrative costs. Finance, information technology, human resources, and legal are shared functions that are not allocated back to the four operating segments. The CODM assesses the performance of each operating segment using information about its revenue and operating income (loss) before interest, taxes, and depreciation and amortization, but does not evaluate segments using discrete asset information. There are no inter-segment transactions and the Company does not allocate interest and other income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization or taxes to operating segments. The accounting policies for segment reporting are the same as for the Company as a whole.

Our business is managed based on regions administered by executive vice presidents. The following is a summary of revenues (excluding reimbursed management contract revenue) and gross profit by regions for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009. Information related to prior periods has been recast to conform to the current regional alignment.

77

The Company has provided this business unit segment information for all comparable prior periods. Segment information is summarized as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			Gross Margin			2010			Gross Margin			2009			Gross Margin
Revenues(a):
Region One
Lease contracts	$	81,218					$	75,401					$	79,083
Management contracts		54,095						48,417						53,329
Total Region One		135,313						123,818						132,412
Region Two
Lease contracts		3,396						2,368						2,637
Management contracts		20,205						25,957						13,192
Total Region Two		23,601						28,325						15,829
Region Three
Lease contracts		23,356						21,418						19,350
Management contracts		51,596						51,847						54,790
Total Region Three		74,952						73,265						74,140
Region Four
Lease contracts		39,522						39,433						39,269
Management contracts		47,490						45,007						32,392
Total Region Four		87,012						84,440						71,661
Other
Lease contracts		18						44						102
Management contracts		339						103						(321	)
Total Other		357						147						(219	)
Reimbursed management contract revenue		408,427						411,148						401,671
Total revenues	$	729,662					$	721,143					$	695,494
Gross Profit
Region One
Lease contracts	$	5,602			7	%	$	4,765			6	%	$	5,227			7	%
Management contracts		29,242			54	%		27,194			56	%		27,679			52	%
Total Region One		34,844						31,959						32,906
Region Two
Lease contracts		238			7	%		195			8	%		66			3	%
Management contracts		5,694			28	%		7,271			28	%		4,823			37	%
Total Region Two		5,932						7,466						4,889
Region Three
Lease contracts		2,342			10	%		1,855			9	%		1,855			10	%
Management contracts		23,772			46	%		24,467			47	%		21,621			39	%
Total Region Three		26,114						26,322						23,476
Region Four
Lease contracts		2,743			7	%		2,961			8	%		2,406			6	%
Management contracts		16,183			34	%		16,879			38	%		15,383			47	%
Total Region Four		18,926						19,840						17,789
Other
Lease contracts		91			506	%		275			625	%		(10	)		(10	)%
Management contracts		2,675			789	%		1,039			1,009	%		(291	)		91	%
Total Other		2,766						1,314						(301	)
Total gross profit		88,582						86,901						78,759
General and administrative expenses		48,297						47,878						44,707
General and administrative expense percentage of gross profit		55	%					55	%					57	%
Depreciation and amortization		6,618						6,074						5,828
Operating income		33,667						32,949						28,224
Other expenses (income):
Interest expense		4,691						5,335						6,012
Interest income		(537	)					(249	)					(268	)
		4,154						5,086						5,744
Income before income taxes		29,513						27,863						22,480
Income tax expense		11,235						10,755						8,265
Net income		18,278						17,108						14,215
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest		378						268						123
Net income attributable to Standard Parking Corporation	$	17,900					$	16,840					$	14,092

(a) Excludes reimbursed management contract revenue.

78

Region One encompasses operations in Alabama, Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Virginia, and Wisconsin.

Region Two encompasses our Canadian operations, event planning and transportation, and our technology based parking and traffic management systems.

Region Three encompasses operations in Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Louisiana, Nevada, Texas, Utah, Washington, and Wyoming.

Region Four encompasses all major airport and transportation operations nationwide.

Other consists of ancillary revenue that is not specifically identifiable to a region and insurance reserve adjustments related to prior years.

The CODM does not evaluate segments using discrete asset information.

Note T. Stock-Based Compensation

We measure stock-based compensation expense at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and the expense is recognized over the requisite employee service period (generally the vesting period) for awards expected to vest (considering estimated forfeitures).

The Company has an amended and restated Long-Term Incentive Plan that was adopted in conjunction with our IPO in 2004. On February 27, 2008, our Board of Directors approved an amendment to our Long-Term Incentive Plan, subject to shareholder approval, that increased the maximum number of shares of common stock available for awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan from 2,000,000 to 2,175,000 and extended the Plan’s termination date. Our shareholders approved this Plan amendment on April 22, 2008, and the Plan now terminates twenty years from the date of such approval, or April 22, 2028. Forfeited and expired options under the Plan become generally available for reissuance. At December 31, 2011, 121,493 shares remained available for award under the Plan.

Stock Options and Grants

We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of each option grant as of the date of grant. The volatilities are based on the 90 day historical volatility of our common stock as the grant date. The risk free interest rate is based on zero-coupon U.S. government issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the option.

There were no options granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. The Company recognized no stock-based compensation expense related to stock options for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 as all options previously granted are fully vested. The Company recognized $30 of stock-based compensation for the year ended December 31, 2009. A total of 9,534 options expired in the third quarter of 2010 with a weighted average exercise price of $17.03. The option expirations are due to out-of-the-money options that were not exercised prior to their expiration date. The expired options were returned to the pool of shares generally available for future use under the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

On April 29, 2011, we authorized vested stock grants to certain directors totaling 14,009 shares. The total value of the grant, based on the market value of the underlying common stock at the date of grant, was $245, which was fully expensed and is included in general and administrative expenses.

79

On April 28, 2010, we authorized vested stock grants to certain directors totaling 12,892 shares. The total value of the grant was $220 and is included in general and administrative expenses. On September 22, 2010, we authorized vested stock grants to certain directors totaling 1,504 shares. The total value of the grant was $25 and is included in general and administrative expenses.

On August 14, 2009, we issued vested stock grants totaling 9,591 shares to certain directors. The total value of the grant was $165 and is included in general and administrative expense.

The Company recognized $245, $245 and $195 of stock based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which is included in general and administrative expense. As of December 31, 2011, there was no unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested options.

The following table summarizes the transactions pursuant to our stock option plans for the last three years ended December 31.

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted  Average Remaining Contractual Term (in Years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding at December 31, 2008		656,903		$	4.77
Granted		—			n/a
Exercised		(105,896	)	$	3.92
Forfeited		—			n/a
Outstanding at December 31, 2009		551,007		$	4.50
Granted		—			n/a
Exercised		(385,027	)	$	4.60
Expired		(9,534	)	$	17.03
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		156,446		$	5.01
Granted		—			n/a
Exercised		(68,322	)	$	3.17
Expired		—			n/a
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		88,124		$	6.44		1.7	$	1,008
Vested and Exercisable at December 31, 2011		88,124		$	6.44		1.7	$	1,008

At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, options to purchase 88,124, 156,446 and 551,007 shares of common stock, respectively, were exercisable at weighted average exercise prices of $6.44, $5.01 and $4.50 per share, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $994, $4,630, and $1,386, respectively.

There were no nonvested options as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Performance-Based Incentive Program

In December 2006, the Board of Directors adopted a performance-based incentive program under our Long-Term Incentive Plan. This program provided participating executives with the opportunity to earn a combination of stock (50%) and cash (50%) if certain performance targets for pre-tax income and pre-tax free cash flow were achieved. During 2007, certain participating executives became entitled to performance restricted stock based on the stock price at the commencement of the three-year performance cycle (2007-2009), and as a result, 29,698 shares were issued subject to vesting upon the achievement of the performance goals. The plan was completed as of December 31, 2009, at which time a total of 17,677 shares had been released free of restrictions

80

in accordance with the achievement of the cumulative program performance goals. The remaining 12,021 shares were not awarded under the performance-based incentive program and were returned to the pool of shares generally available for future use under the Long-Term Incentive Plan. Of the 12,021 shares that were not awarded, 2,815 shares were retired in 2009 and the remaining 9,206 shares were retired in 2010.

We record stock-based compensation expense for awards with performance conditions based on the probable outcome of that performance condition. The Company recognized no stock-based compensation expense and no cash compensation expense related to the performance-based incentive program for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. The Company recognized $51 of stock-based compensation expense and $51 of cash compensation expense related to the performance-based incentive program, for the year ended December 31, 2009, which is included in general and administrative expenses. As of December 31, 2011, there is no unrecognized compensation costs related to the performance-based incentive program.

Restricted Stock Units

In March 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a one-time grant of 750,000 restricted stock units that subsequently were awarded to members of our senior management team on July 1, 2008. In November 2008, an additional 5,000 restricted stock units were also awarded. The restricted stock units vest in one-third installments on each of the tenth, eleventh and twelfth anniversaries of the grant date. The restricted stock unit agreements are designed to reward performance over a decade or longer.

The fair value of restricted stock units is determined using the market value of our common stock on the date of the grant, and compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period. In accordance with the guidance related to share-based payments, we estimate forfeitures at the time of the grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We use historical data to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.

A summary of the status of the restricted stock units as of December 31, 2011, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2011, is presented below and there was no activity for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:

Nonvested Shares	Shares			Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2011		755,000		$	18.26
Granted		(68,400	)
Forfeited		(17,600	)
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		669,000		$	18.27

The Company recognized $2,206, $2,065 and $2,046 of stock based compensation expense related to the restricted stock units for the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which is included in general and administrative expense. As of December 31, 2011, there was $6,062 of unrecognized stock-based compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to the restricted stock units that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 6.7 years. As of December 31, 2010, there was $7,863 of unrecognized stock-based compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, related to the restricted stock units that are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 6.9 years. As of December 2009, there was $9,865 of unrecognized stock-based compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, related to the restricted stock units that are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 7.1 years.

81

Note U. Unaudited Quarterly Results

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of income data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. The unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial information and, in management’s opinion, includes all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the information for the quarters presented. Historically, our operating results have varied from quarter to quarter and are expected to continue to fluctuate in the future. These fluctuations have been due to a number of factors, including: general economic conditions in our markets; additions of contracts; expiration and termination of contracts; conversion of lease contracts to management contracts; conversion of management contracts to lease contracts and changes in terms of contracts that are retained and timing of general and administrative expenditures. The operating results for any historical quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

	2011 Quarters Ended												2010 Quarters Ended
	March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31			March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31
				(Unaudited)												(Unaudited)
	($ in thousands)
Parking services revenue:
Lease contracts	$	35,205		$	37,193		$	37,501		$	37,611		$	33,116		$	34,162		$	35,713		$	35,673
Management contracts		45,954			42,343			43,259			42,169			40,075			42,081			43,713			45,462
Reimbursed management contract revenue		101,124			100,126			106,365			100,812			106,055			100,757			101,500			102,836
Total revenue		182,283			179,662			187,125			180,592			179,246			177,000			180,926			183,971
Cost of parking services:
Lease contracts		33,499			34,286			34,049			34,660			31,771			31,217			32,714			32,911
Management contracts		27,492			23,215			22,489			22,963			22,264			22,278			24,357			25,582
Reimbursed management contract revenue		101,124			100,126			106,365			100,812			106,055			100,757			101,500			102,836
Total cost of parking services		162,115			157,627			162,903			158,435			160,090			154,252			158,571			161,329
Gross profit:
Lease contracts		1,706			2,907			3,452			2,951			1,345			2,945			2,999			2,762
Management contracts		18,462			19,128			20,770			19,206			17,811			19,803			19,356			19,880
Total gross profit		20,168			22,035			24,222			22,157			19,156			22,748			22,355			22,642
General and administrative expenses		11,182			11,597			11,814			13,704			11,560			12,218			11,549			12,551
Depreciation and amortization		1,533			1,677			1,683			1,725			1,460			1,570			1,527			1,517
Operating income		7,453			8,761			10,725			6,728			6,136			8,960			9,279			8,574
Other expense (income):
Interest expense		1,169			1,180			1,197			1,145			1,490			1,398			1,286			1,161
Interest income		(60	)		(113	)		(297	)		(67	)		(53	)		(52	)		(56	)		(88	)
		1,109			1,067			900			1,078			1,437			1,346			1,230			1,073
Income before income taxes		6,344			7,694			9,825			5,650			4,699			7,614			8,049			7,501
Income tax expense		2,479			3,066			3,760			1,930			1,847			3,021			3,124			2,763
Net income		3,865			4,628			6,065			3,720			2,852			4,593			4,925			4,738
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest		86			85			89			118			7			85			89			87
Net income attributable to Standard Parking Corporation	$	3,779		$	4,543		$	5,976		$	3,602		$	2,845		$	4,508		$	4,836		$	4,651
Common stock data:
Common stock data:
Net income per share:
Basic	$	0.24		$	0.29		$	0.38		$	0.23		$	0.18		$	0.29		$	0.31		$	0.30
Diluted		0.23			0.28			0.37			0.23			0.18			0.28			0.30			0.29
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic		15,790,875			15,834,622			15,704,837			15,485,793			15,390,514			15,531,726			15,651,586			15,736,906
Diluted		16,146,106			16,164,114			16,034,330			15,845,173			15,804,599			15,877,258			15,993,631			16,096,486

82

Note V. Subsequent Events

Agreement and Plan of Merger

On February 28, 2012, the Company, KCPC Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Central”) and the ultimate parent of Central Parking Corporation, a Tennessee corporation, Hermitage Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Merger Sub”), and Kohlberg CPC Rep, L.L.C, in its capacity as the Stockholders’ Representative, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), providing for the merger of Merger Sub with and into Central, with Central surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Merger”).

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, at the effective time of the Merger, the stockholders of Central (the “Central Stockholders”) will, in aggregate, be entitled to receive 6,161,334 shares of common stock of the Company (“Company Stock”), subject to reduction under specified circumstances as provided in the Merger Agreement (the “Stock Consideration”). In addition, each Central Stockholder will be entitled to receive a pro rata portion of $27,000 of total cash consideration (subject to adjustment as provided in the Merger Agreement) to be paid on the third anniversary of the closing of the Merger, to the extent not used to satisfy the Central Stockholders’ indemnity obligations that may arise under the Merger Agreement (the “Cash Consideration” and together with the Stock Consideration, the “Merger Consideration”).

The Merger Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants of the Company and Central, including, among others, covenants of each of the Company and Central not to engage in certain significant actions without the prior written consent of the other party (e.g., declaring dividends and incurring additional indebtedness).

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Central Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the Company for a number of items, including, among others, adverse consequences resulting from breaches of representations, warranties and covenants and certain identified liabilities. These indemnification obligations are in certain cases limited to claims that in the aggregate exceed a specified “deductible” amount and, in the aggregate, do not exceed a specified “cap” amount.

Additionally, the Merger Agreement provides that, immediately after the closing of the Merger, the Company will increase the size of the Company’s board of directors (the “Company Board”) from five to eight members and will appoint individuals designated by the Stockholders’ Representative on behalf of the Central Stockholders to fill those vacancies. Following the Merger, the Stockholders’ Representative (as defined in the Merger Agreement), on behalf of the Central Stockholders, will continue to have rights to designate members to the Company Board in accordance with the Merger Agreement.

The Merger Agreement and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement have been approved by each of the Company Board, the board of directors of Central and the Central Stockholders. Additionally, pursuant to NASDAQ listing standards, which require stockholder approval prior to the issuance of securities in connection with the acquisition of stock of another company if the issuance would constitute more than 20% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding before the issuance, the stockholders of the Company (the “Company Stockholders”) must approve the issuance of Stock Consideration before the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement can be consummated.

The Company will hold a special meeting at which the Company Stockholders will be asked to consider and vote upon the proposal to approve the issuance of the Stock Consideration in the Merger.

In addition to obtaining the approval of the Company Stockholders as described above, the consummation of the Merger is subject to various closing conditions, including, among others, antitrust and other regulatory clearances and the consummation of the financing as discussed below.

83

The Merger Agreement also contains certain termination rights for both the Company and Central, and further provides that, upon termination of the Merger Agreement under specified circumstances, a party would be required to pay the other party’s fees and expenses in an amount not to exceed $6,000 or, in one case, a termination fee of $7,500 payable by the Company to Central.

The Merger Agreement provides that, on the closing date of the Merger, the Company will enter into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with the Central Stockholders which will require the Company to file a shelf registration statement, registering for public sale by the Central Stockholders the Company Stock acquired by them at the closing of the Merger. The Registration Rights Agreement will also provide the Central Stockholders with piggyback registration rights with respect to underwritten public offerings that the Company may effect for its own account or for the benefit of other selling stockholders.

The foregoing description of the Merger Agreement and the Merger does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Merger Agreement, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 28, 2012.

Commitment Letter

Bank of America, N.A., Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, together with certain other financial institutions (collectively, the “Lenders”), have provided a senior debt commitment letter and related joinders, each dated February 28, 2012, to provide the Company with $450,000 in senior secured credit facilities consisting of (i) a $200,000 five year revolving credit facility and (ii) a $250,000 term loan facility. In conjunction with the Merger, the Company will assume approximately $210,000 of Central’s debt, net of cash acquired, which will be repaid at closing using the proceeds of the $450,000 senior credit facilities. In addition, the proceeds from these borrowings will be used by the Company to finance in part the Merger, the costs and expenses related to the Merger and the ongoing working capital and other general corporate purposes of the Company. The obligations of the Lenders to provide the debt financing under the senior debt commitment letter is subject to a number of conditions that the Company believes are customary for financings of this type. The termination date for the commitments under the senior debt commitment letter is 180 days, subject to extension by the Lenders.

The foregoing description of the Commitment Letter does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Commitment Letter, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 28, 2012.

84

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION
By:	/s/    JAMES A. WILHELM
	James A. Wilhelm
	Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

Date: March 15, 2012

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/    JAMES A. WILHELM         James A. Wilhelm	Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	March 15, 2012
/s/    CHARLES L. BIGGS         Charles L. Biggs	Director	March 15, 2012
/s/    KAREN M. GARRISON         Karen M. Garrison	Director	March 15, 2012
/s/    ROBERT S. ROATH         Robert S. Roath	Director and Non-Executive Chairman	March 15, 2012
/s/    MICHAEL J. ROBERTS         Michael J. Roberts	Director	March 15, 2012
/s/    G. MARC BAUMANN         G. Marc Baumann	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)	March 15, 2012
/s/    DANIEL R. MEYER         Daniel R. Meyer	Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Assistant Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Officer)	March 15, 2012

85

STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Description	Balance at Beginning  of Year		Additions Charged to Costs and Expenses		Reductions(1)			Balance at End of Year(2)
	(In thousands)
Year ended December 31, 2011:
Deducted from asset accounts Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	2,805	$	441	$	(277	)	$	2,969
Year ended December 31, 2010:
Deducted from asset accounts Allowance for doubtful accounts		3,002		380		(577	)	$	2,805
Year ended December 31, 2009:
Deducted from asset accounts Allowance for doubtful accounts		3,867		667		(1,532	)		3,002
Deducted from asset accounts Deferred tax valuation account
Year ended December 31, 2011		318		—		—			318
Year ended December 31, 2010		369		—		(51	)		318
Year ended December 31, 2009		456		—		(87	)		369

(1) Represents uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries and reversal of provision.

(2) Includes long-term receivables valuation allowance of $2,500.

86

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit Number	Description
3.1	Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company filed on June 2, 2004 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
3.1.1	Certificate of Amendment of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company effective as of January 7, 2008 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1.1 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
3.1.2	Certificate of Amendment of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company effective as of April 29, 2010 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1.3 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 6, 2010).
3.1.3	Certificate of Amendment of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company effective as of May 6, 2010 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1.4 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 6, 2010).
3.2	Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company dated January 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2010).
4.1	Specimen common stock certificate (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 of Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-112652, filed on May 18, 2004).
10.1	Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated July 15, 2008 among the Company, various financial institutions, Bank of America, N.A., and Wells Fargo, N.A. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K field on July 18, 2008).
10.2	Rate Cap Transaction Letter Agreement dated March 1, 2010 between the Company and Wells Fargo (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 8, 2010).
10.3	Rate Cap Transaction Letter Agreement dated March 1, 2010 between the Company and Fifth Third (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 8, 2010.
10.4+	Employment Agreement dated as of March 30, 1998 between the Company and Myron C. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-50437, filed on April 17, 1998).
10.4.1+	First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated July 7, 2003 between the Company and Myron C. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4.1 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2004).
10.4.2+	Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of May 10, 2004 between the Company and Myron C. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4.2 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2004).
10.5+	Employment Agreement dated as of March 26, 1998 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.12 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-50437, filed on April 17, 1998).
10.5.1+	Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of June 19, 2000 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5.1 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-112652, filed on February 10, 2004).

87

Exhibit Number	Description
10.5.2+	Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December 6, 2000, between the Company and Michael K. Wolf, (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2000).
10.5.3+	Third Amendment to Employment Agreement dated April 1, 2002 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.19.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2002).
10.5.4+	Fourth Amendment to Employment Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5.4 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-112652, filed on February 10, 2004).
10.5.5+	Fifth Amendment to Employment Agreement dated December 18, 2008 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5.5 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
10.5.6+	Sixth Amendment to Employment Agreement dated January 28, 2009 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2009).
10.6+	Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of January 28, 2009 between the Company and James A. Wilhelm (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report of Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2009).
10.6.1+*	First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated January 25, 2012, between the Company and James A. Wilhelm.
10.7+*	Deferred Compensation Agreement dated as of August 1, 1999, between the Company and James A. Wilhelm.
10.7.1+*	First Amendment to Deferred Compensation Agreement dated January 25, 2012, between the Company and James A. Wilhelm.
10.8+	Employment Agreement dated May 18, 1998 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.24 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).
10.8.1+	First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 7, 2001 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.25 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).
10.8.2+	Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of August 1, 2003 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7.2 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-112652, filed on February 10, 2004).
10.8.3+	Third Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of April 1, 2005 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7.3 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
10.8.4+	Fourth Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December 29, 2008 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7.4 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
10.8.5+	Fifth Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of January 28, 2009 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7.5 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).

88

Exhibit Number	Description
10.9+	Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of December 1, 2002 between the Company and John Ricchiuto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.22.2 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2002).
10.9.1+	First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of April 11, 2005, between the Company and John Ricchiuto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2005).
10.10+	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated March 1, 2005, between the Company and Steven A. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2005).
10.11+	Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of May 18, 2006 between the Company and Edward E. Simmons (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 24, 2006).
10.12+	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and G. Marc Baumann dated as of October 1, 2001 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).
10.12.1+	First Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and G. Marc Baumann dated as of December 29, 2008 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.11.1 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
10.12.2+	Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and G. Marc Baumann dated as of January 28, 2009 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2009).
10.12.3+	Third Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and G. Marc Baumann dated June 10, 2011 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report of Form 8-K filed on June 13, 2011).
10.13+	Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 2005, between the Company and Thomas L. Hagerman (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2005).
10.13.1+	First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated October 1, 2007 between the Company and Thomas Hagerman (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2007).
10.14+	Executive Employment Agreement dated March 15, 2005 between the Company and Gerard M. Klaisle (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.14 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2010).
10.14.1+	First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated December 29, 2008 between the Company and Gerard M. Klaisle (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.14.1 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2010).
10.14.2+	Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated July 28, 2011 between the Company and Gerald M. Klaisle (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 7, 2011).
10.15+	Long-Term Incentive Plan dated as of May 1, 2004 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.12 of Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-112652, filed on May 10, 2004).

89

Exhibit Number	Description
10.15.1+	Long-Term Incentive Plan Amendment effective as of April 22, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the Company’s 2008 Proxy on Form DEF 14A, filed on April 1, 2008).
10.16+	Form of Amended and Restated Stock Option Award Agreement between the Company and an optionee (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 21, 2005).
10.16.1+	Form of First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Stock Option Award Agreement between the Company and an optionee (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 21, 2005).
10.17	Consulting Agreement dated as of October 16, 2001 between the Company and Shoreline Enterprises, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.36 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).
10.17.1	Amendment to Consulting Agreement dated as of May 10, 2004 between the Company and Shoreline Enterprises, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.14.1 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2004).
10.18	Agreement of Lease dated as of June 4, 1998 between the Company and LaSalle National Bank, as successor trustee to LaSalle National Trust, N.A. as successor trustee to LaSalle National Bank. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.21 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-112652, filed on February 10, 2004).
10.18.1	First Amendment to Agreement of Lease dated as of May 1, 1999 between the Company and LaSalle National Bank, as successor trustee to LaSalle National Trust, N.A. as successor trustee to LaSalle National Bank (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.21.1 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-112652, filed on February 10, 2004).
10.18.2	Second Amendment to Agreement of Lease dated as of July 27, 2000 between the Company and LaSalle National Bank, as successor trustee to LaSalle National Trust, N.A. as successor trustee to LaSalle National Bank (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.21.2 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-112652, filed on February 10, 2004).
10.18.3	Third Amendment to Agreement of Lease dated as of September 11, 2003 between the Company and LaSalle National Bank, as successor trustee to LaSalle National Trust, N.A. as successor trustee to LaSalle National Bank (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.21.3 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-112652, filed on February 10, 2004).
10.19	Form of Property Management Agreement (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.30 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 10, 2006).
10.20	Form of Standard Parking Corporation Restricted Stock Unit Agreement dated as of July 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2008).
10.20.1	First Amendment to Form of Standard Parking Corporation Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed on August 6, 2009).
10.20.2	Second Amendment to Form of Standard Parking Corporation Restricted Stock Unit Agreement dated May 27, 2011 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 2, 2011).
10.21	Guaranty Agreement of APCOA/Standard Parking, Inc. dated as of March 2000 to and for the benefit of the State of Connecticut, Department of Transportation (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.27 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).

90

Exhibit Number	Description
10.22	Construction, Financing and Operating Special Facility Lease Agreement dated as of March 2000 between the State of Connecticut Department of Transportation and APCOA Bradley Parking Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.28 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
10.23	Trust Indenture dated March 1, 2000 between State of Connecticut and First Union National Bank as Trustee (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.29 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
10.24	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 28, 2012, by and among the Company, Hermitage Merger Sub, Inc., KCPC Holdings, Inc. and Kohlberg CPC Rep., L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 29, 2012). The schedules and exhibits to the Agreement and Plan of Merger have been omitted from this filing pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K but will be provided supplementally to the SEC upon request.
10.25	The Closing Agreements, dated February 28, 2012, between the Company and each of Lubert-Adler Real Estate Fund V, L.P. and Lubert-Adler Real Estate Parallel Fund V, L.P. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 29, 2012).
10.26	The Closing Agreements, dated February 28, 2012, between the Company and each of Kohlberg Investors V, L.P., Kohlberg TE Investors V, L.P., Kohlberg Partners V, L.P., Kohlberg Offshore Investors V, L.P. and KOCO Investors V, L.P. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 29, 2012).
10.27	The Closing Agreements, dated February 28, 2012, between the Company and each of Versa Capital Fund I, L.P. and Versa Capital Fund I Parallel, L.P. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 29, 2012).
10.28	Commitment Letter, dated February 28, 2012, by and among the Company, Bank of America, N.A., Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, together with the joinders thereto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 29, 2012).
14.1	Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to exhibit 14.1 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for December 31, 2002).
21*	Subsidiaries of the Company.
23*	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm dated as of March 15, 2012.
31.1*	Section 302 Certification dated March 15, 2012 for James A. Wilhelm, Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer).
31.2*	Section 302 Certification dated March 15, 2012 for G. Marc Baumann, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer).
31.3*	Section 302 Certification dated March 15, 2012 for Daniel R. Meyer, Senior Vice President Corporate Controller and Assistant Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Officer).
32*	Certification pursuant to 18 USC Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, dated March 15, 2012.

* Filed herewith.

+ Management contract or compensation plan, contract or agreement.

91

EX-10.6.1

Exhibit 10.6.1

FIRST AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement (the “Amendment”) by and between Standard Parking Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and James A. Wilhelm (the “Executive”) is made as of the 25^th day of January, 2012.

RECITALS

A. The Company currently employs the Executive pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of January 28, 2009 (the “Agreement”).

B. The parties desire to continue Executive’s employment with the Company and to clarify certain of their respective rights and obligations as more fully provided below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of (i) the Recitals, (ii) the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, and (iii) the sum of Ten Dollars ($10.00) in hand paid to Executive, the receipt and sufficiency of which consideration the parties expressly acknowledge, the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

1. Rights Regarding Life Insurance Policies. The provisions of subparagraph 5(e) are hereby modified as follows:

a. The first sentence of subparagraph 5(e)(i) is hereby modified to read, in its entirety as so modified, as follows:

“(i) If Executive dies before attaining age 58 while still employed by the Company and prior to his acquiring ownership of the life insurance policies currently owned by the Company and identified on Exhibit B attached hereto (any one, a “Policy”, collectively, the “Policies”) pursuant to the provisions of subsections (iii), (iv) or (v) below of this subparagraph 5(e), then the Company shall pay to Executive’s designated beneficiary (or to his estate if there is no named beneficiary), an amount equal to the full death benefits payable under all of the Policies less an amount (the “Reduction Amount”) equal to the greater of (x) the Guaranteed Cash Value (as defined below) of the Policies immediately preceding Executive’s date of death, or (y) the aggregate amount of premiums or other sums paid by the Company in connection with the maintenance of the Policies from their respective issue dates.”

b. Subparagraph 5(e)(ii) is hereby modified to read, in its entirety as so modified, as follows:

“(ii) If Executive’s employment with the Company continues until Executive attains age 58 and Executive thereafter dies without having acquired ownership of the Policies as provided in subsections (iii), (iv) or (v) below of this subparagraph 5(e), then the Company shall pay to Executive’s designated beneficiary (or to his estate if there is no named beneficiary), an amount equal to the full death benefits payable under all Policies, without application of any Reduction Amount.”

c. The first sentence of subparagraph 5(e)(iv) is hereby modified to read, in its entirety as so modified, as follows:

“(iv) If Executive’s employment is terminated at any time by reason of Executive’s Disability, Executive may elect (x) to receive from the Company, at no direct cost to Executive, an unconditional assignment (the “Assignment”) of 100% of the Company’s ownership interest in all (and not less than all) of the Policies (the “Assignment Option”), or (y) to continue to have the Company maintain the Policies at no cost to Executive (the “Maintenance Option”).”

d. The fifth sentence of subparagraph 5(e)(iv) is hereby modified to read, in its entirety as so modified, as follows:

“From and after the time of any Assignment, the Company shall be deemed forever released and discharged from any and all obligations of every kind that it may otherwise have had to Executive by reason of the Deferred Compensation Agreement, which thereupon shall be null and void and of no further force or effect.”

e. The sixth sentence of subparagraph 5(e)(v) is hereby modified to read, in its entirety as so modified, as follows:

“From and after the time of any Assignment, the Company shall be deemed forever released and discharged from any and all obligations of every kind that it may otherwise have had to Executive by reason of the Deferred Compensation Agreement, which thereupon shall be null and void and of no further force or effect.”

2. Certain Additional Rights of Executive. Subparagraph 5(f) is hereby modified to read, in its entirety as so modified, as follows:

“(f) Certain Additional Rights of Executive. If Executive’s employment with the Company continues until Executive attains the age of 58, the Company agrees as follows:

(i) The Company shall continue to pay in a timely fashion all annual premiums due with respect to the Policies until the first to occur of Executive’s death or the date on which Executive attains the age of 65, without regard to whether Executive previously has exercised his rights to acquire the Policies pursuant to subparagraph 5(e) above; provided, however, that the Company shall be obligated to pay any and all additional premiums as may be required after Executive attains the age of 65 up until Executive attains the age of 80 in order to prevent the Policies from lapsing.

(ii) Until such time as Executive attains the age of 80, the Company shall not surrender the Policies or take any loans or otherwise withdraw any cash value from the Policies; provided, however, that for so long as Executive survives between the ages of 65 and 80, the Company shall be entitled to take annual loans or otherwise withdraw cash value from the Policies in an amount not to exceed One Hundred Twelve Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($112,500) per year.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall have no obligations of any kind with respect to the Policies from and after the time Executive attains the age of 80 (whether regarding the payment of premiums or otherwise), at which time the Company, if Executive shall not previously have exercised his rights to acquire the Policies pursuant to subparagraph 5(e) above, may exercise any and all rights of ownership with respect to the Policies as it in its sole and unfettered discretion may elect.

(iv) Until such time as Executive attains the age of 65, the Company shall provide, and pay 100% of the cost of, medical and dental insurance coverage for Executive and his spouse at the same coverage levels that were in effect for them on the date on which Executive’s employment terminated.

Executive’s rights pursuant to this subparagraph 5(f) are in addition to any and all other rights that Executive may have pursuant to all other terms and provisions of this Agreement. Executive agrees that the Company’s obligations pursuant to the provisions of this subparagraph 5(f) shall terminate if Executive’s employment should at any time be terminated for Cause.”

2

3. Ratification and Confirmation. Except to the extent expressly modified above, all of the remaining provisions of the Agreement are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Executive and the Company have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first written above.

STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation		EXECUTIVE:
By:	/s/ ROBERT S. ROATH	/s/ JAMES A. WILHELM
	Robert S. Roath	James A. Wilhelm
	Chairman of the Board Of Directors

3

EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made and entered into as of August 1, 1999 by and between APCOA/Standard Parking, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “COMPANY”), and James A. Wilhelm (the “EMPLOYEE”).

RECITALS

A. The Company regards the Employee as important to the long-term growth and profitability of the Company and has determined that it would be to the advantage and interest of the Company to provide certain additional compensation to the Employee if the Employee continues his employment with the Company until his retirement or earlier death.

B. The Employee wishes to be assured that he or his family will be entitled to a certain amount of additional compensation for some definite period of time from and after his retirement from active service with the Company, whether by reason of his death or otherwise.

C. The parties hereto wish to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Company shall pay such additional compensation to the Employee or his family after his retirement or death.

CLAUSES

Now, therefore, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual promises contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “ANNUAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT” means an amount equal to $112,500 per annum which, subject to the conditions set forth herein, is to be paid by the Company to the Employee during the period described in Section 2 hereof.

(b) “COMMENCEMENT DATE” means the first day of the third month following the Retirement Date, which is May 1, 2019.

(c) “COMPUTATION DATE” means the May 1 nearest to the date of the Employee’s death.

(d) “DISABLED” OR “DISABILITY” means that the Employee is not able to perform substantially all of the duties of his regular occupation with the Company, except that after the first full twenty-four (24) months of such disability, it means that the Employee is not able to perform substantially all of the duties of his occupation with the Company or any other occupation for which he is or becomes fitted by education, training or experience. The determination of whether the Employee is Disabled shall be made by the Company and shall be final and binding upon the Employee.

(e) “QUALIFYING DISABILITY PERIOD” means the time during which the Employee is Disabled, but only if the Employee’s Disability first occurs while the Employee is in the employ of the Company on a full time basis.

(f) “RETIREMENT BENEFITS” means the aggregate of all of the Annual Retirement Benefit payments due to the Employee for the period described in Section 2 hereof.

(g) “RETIREMENT—DATE” means the date on which the Employee attains age sixty-five (65).

2. RETIREMENT BENEFITS. In consideration of the Employee remaining in its employ, as additional compensation, the Company agrees to pay to the Employee an Annual Retirement Benefit on the Commencement Date and on each anniversary of the Commencement Date until the first to occur of (a) fifteen (15) such annual payments having been made or (b) the Employee’s death. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employee will not be

entitled to any Retirement Benefits unless the Employee remains in the employ of the Company on a full-time basis without any break or interruption in service (other than a break or interruption in service during a Qualifying Disability Period) from the date hereof to the Retirement Date.

3. DEATH OF EMPLOYEE. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, upon the death of Employee, all of the Company’s obligations hereunder shall immediately cease and terminate (except for any unpaid obligations that shall have accrued prior to Employee’s death by reason of paragraph 2 above), and the Company thereafter shall have no further obligation hereunder of any kind or nature whatsoever.

4. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. The Company’s obligations under Section 2 are conditioned upon the continuous employment of Employment by the Company (or by one of Its partners or affiliates) until his Retirement Date. If the Employee’s employment Is terminated prior to the Retirement Date for any reason whatsoever, except as a result of the Employee’s Disability, then the Employee shall not be entitled to any Retirement Benefits provided under this Agreement and all of the Company’s obligations hereunder shall immediately lapse and terminate. If the Employee’s employment is terminated on account of his Disability, the Employee shall be entitled to the Retirement Benefits on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, but only if his Disability continues until the earlier of (a) his Retirement Date, or (b) the date on which he is re-employed by the Company in substantially the same capacity and performing substantially all of the duties of his employment as at the time the Disability began.

5. TAX WITHHOLDING. The Company shall report the full amount of the Retirement Benefits as compensation to the Employee in the year in which such amount are paid or as the Company may otherwise determine is required by law. Such amounts will be reflected on the Form W-2 issued to the Employee and will be subject to withholding for federal, state and local income and employment taxes as determined by the Company.

6. ASSIGNMENT. The Employee shall not have any power or right to transfer, assign, anticipate, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise encumber any part or all of the amounts payable under this Agreement, nor shall such amounts be subject to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process by any creditor of the Employee, and no such benefit shall be transferrable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or death of the Employee. Any such attempted assignment, transfer or encumbrance shall be null and void and shall terminate the Company’s obligations under this Agreement and the Company shall thereupon have no further liability to the Employee.

7. UNFUNDED ARRANGEMENT. It is the intention of the parties that this Agreement shall constitute an unfunded and unsecured arrangement maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select member of the Company’s management and/or a highly compensated employee for purposes of Title I of ERISA and for federal income tax purposes. Any and all reserves, investments, insurance policies or other assets that may be set aside or purchased by the Company to fund its obligations hereunder shall belong solely to the Company, and the Employee shall not have any rights, claims or interest therein. The Company’s obligations hereunder shall be payable solely from the assets of the Company. Nothing contained in this Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall (a) require the Company to set aside any reserves or other assets to fund its obligations hereunder or (b) create, or be construed to create, a trust of any kind. There is no guaranty that the Company’s assets will be sufficient to pay the benefits contained herein. The Employee agrees that no general or limited partner, employee or agent of the Company (and no officer, director, employee, agent or shareholder of the Company’s general partner) shall be liable for any obligation of the Company of any loss or claim incurred by the Employee in connection with this Agreement. The Employee hereby releases the Company’s general partner or general partners, whether now serving or that may hereafter become admitted as a general partner, from any and all liability to pay the Company’s obligations under this Agreement or to contribute or advance funds to the Company to enable it to satisfy such liability.

8. SUBJECT TO CLAIMS OF CREDITORS. Payments to be made to the Employee shall be made from assets which, for all purposes, shall continue to be a part of the general assets of the Company, and no person shall have, by virtue of the provisions of this Agreement, any interest in, preferred claim on or beneficial interest in any of the Company’s assets. The rights of the Employee to receive payments from the Company under the provisions hereof shall be a mere unsecured contractual right and shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

9. NO PRIOR RIGHTS. This Agreement is not a contract of employment and neither this Agreement nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving the Employee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its partners or affiliates nor limit the right of the Company to discharge the Employee. This Agreement provides solely for additional compensation for the Employee’s services, payable after the termination of his employment with the Company and is not intended to be an employment contract.

10. INTEGRATION. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters described herein and all prior discussions and negotiations between them with respect to this subject matter are hereby merged into this Agreement. This Agreement supersedes any and all previous agreements between the parties or between the Employee and the general partner of the Company, written or oral, relating to the subject matter hereof.

11. AMENDMENTS. This Agreement may not be amended, altered or modified, except by a written instrument signed by the parties hereto, or their respective successors or assigns, any may not be otherwise terminated except as provided herein.

12. SUCCESSORS. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns, and the Employee and his successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and beneficiaries.

13. NOTICES. Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing, and shall be signed by the party giving or making the same. If such notice, consent or demand is mailed to a party hereto, it shall be sent by United States certified mail, return receipt requested, postage repaid, addressed to the Company at its principal office or to the Employee at his last known residence address as shown on the records of the Company. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice, consent or demand.

14. ATTORNEY’S FEES. If any action at law or in equity, or any arbitration proceeding, is brought to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which he may be entitled.

15. ILLINOIS LAW. This Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois. Both parties hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of any state or federal court located within Cook County, Illinois, which is the location of the Company’s principal office, and agree that any litigation or other proceeding instituted hereunder shall be brought in such county and state. The parties waive any objection they may have based on improper venue or forum non conveniens to the conduct of any proceeding instituted in Cook County, Illinois.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

COMPANY:
APCOA/Standard Parking, Inc., a Delaware corporation
By:	[sig]
Its:
EMPLOYEE:
/s/ JAMES A. WILHELM
JAMES A. WILHELM

EX-10.7.1

Exhibit 10.7.1

FIRST AMENDMENT TO

DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Deferred Compensation Agreement (the “First Amendment”) is made as of the 25th day of January, 2012, by and between Standard Parking Corporation, a Delaware corporation previously known as APCOA/Standard Parking, Inc. (the “Company”), and James A. Wilhelm (the “Employee”).

RECITALS

A. The Company and the Employee previously executed a certain Deferred Compensation Agreement dated as of August 1, 1999 (the “DCA”) providing for the payment of certain additional compensation to the Employee if the Employee continues his employment with the Company until a date certain.

B. Pursuant to a certain Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of January 28, 2009 between the Company and the Employee (the “Employment Agreement”), the Employee acquires certain rights and benefits on the date he attains the age of fifty-eight (58) years.

C. The parties wish to modify the DCA so that the continuous employment required of the Employee as a condition to the Employee’s right to receive retirement benefits thereunder conforms with the parties’ intent as evidenced by the Employment Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Recitals, the mutual promises and undertakings herein set forth, the receipt and sufficiency of which consideration are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree that the DCA shall be deemed modified and amended, effective immediately, as follows:

1. Section 1(b) is hereby amended to read, in its entirety as so amended, as follows:

“(b) “Commencement Date” means the first day of the third month following the Benefit Date, and therefore the Commencement Date is May 1, 2019.”

2. Section 1(g) is hereby amended to read, in its entirety as so amended, as follows:

“(g) “Benefit Date” means the date on which the Employee attains age sixty-five (65), which is February 9, 2019.”

3. A new Section 1(h) shall be added as follows:

“ (h) “Target Date” means February 9, 2012.”

4. The first sentence of Section 2 is hereby amended by adding the words “until the Target Date” immediately following the word “employ”.

5. The term “Retirement Date” appearing in the second sentence of Section 2 shall be deemed replaced by the term “Target Date”.

6. The words “his Retirement Date” appearing at the end of the first sentence of Section 4 shall be deemed replaced by the words “the Target Date”.

7. The second and third sentences of Section 4 shall be deemed amended to read, in their entirety as so amended, as follows:

“If the Employee’s employment is terminated prior to the Target Date for Cause, Performance Reasons or by reason of the Employee’s Voluntary Termination (as such terms are defined in the Employment Agreement), then the Employee shall not be entitled to any Retirement Benefits provided under this

Agreement and all of the Company’s obligations hereunder shall immediately lapse and terminate. If the Employee’s employment is terminated prior to the Target Date for any reason other than Cause, Performance Reasons or the Employee’s Voluntary Termination, the Employee shall be entitled to the Retirement Benefits on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein; provided, however, that if termination is on account of the Employee’s Disability, the Employee shall be entitled to the Retirement Benefits only if his Disability continues until the earlier of (a) the Target Date, or (b) the date on which he is re-employed by the Company in substantially the same capacity and performing substantially all of the duties of his employment as at the time the Disability began.”

8. Except as expressly modified above, all of the remaining terms and provisions of the DCA are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects, and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this First Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

COMPANY:		EXECUTIVE:
STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation		/s/ JAMES A. WILHELM
By:	/s/ ROBERT S. ROATH	James A. Wilhelm
	Robert S. Roath Chairman of the Board of Directors

2

EX-21

Exhibit 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION

CORPORATE ENTITIES	JURISDICTION
SP Plus Security Services, Inc.	Delaware
Gameday Management (UK) Limited	UK (England and Wales)
Standard Auto Park, Inc.	Illinois
Standard Parking Corporation IL	Delaware
Standard Parking of Canada Ltd.	Canada
Les Stationnements Standard Du Canada Ltee	Quebec, Canada
SP Plus Security Canada, Ltd.	Canada
SP Plus Property Management, Inc.	Delaware
SP Plus Logistics, Inc.	Delaware
Expert Parking, Inc.	Pennsylvania
Expert Parking Management, Inc.	Pennsylvania

LLCs and PARTNERSHIPS	JURISDICTION
APCOA LaSalle Parking Company, LLC	Louisiana
APCOA Bradley Parking Company, LLC	Connecticut
Parking Data Ventures, LLC	Delaware
Bradley Airport Parking, LP	Delaware

EX-23

Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-150379) pertaining to the 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan of Standard Parking Corporation and in the related prospectus of our reports dated March 15, 2012 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Standard Parking Corporation and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Standard Parking Corporation, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2011.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 15, 2012

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, James A. Wilhelm, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Standard Parking Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))or the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

By:	/s/ JAMES A. WILHELM
	James A. Wilhelm,
	Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
	(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: March 15, 2012

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, G. Marc Baumann, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Standard Parking Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

By:	/s/ G. MARC BAUMANN
	G. Marc Baumann,
	Executive Vice President,
	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	(Principal Financial Officer)

Date: March 15, 2012

EX-31.3

Exhibit 31.3

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Daniel R. Meyer, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Standard Parking Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

By:	/s/ DANIEL R. MEYER
	Daniel R. Meyer,
	Senior Vice President Corporate Controller
	and Assistant Treasurer
	(Principal Accounting Officer and
	Duly Authorized Officer)

Date: March 15, 2012

EX-32

Exhibit 32

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Form 10-K of Standard Parking Corporation (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ JAMES A. WILHELM
Name:	JamesA. Wilhelm,
Title:	Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

Date: March 15, 2012

/s/ G. MARC BAUMANN
Name:	G. Marc Baumann,
Title:	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)

Date: March 15, 2012

/s/ DANIEL R. MEYER
Name:	Daniel R. Meyer,
Title:	Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Assistant Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Officer)

Date: March 15, 2012

This certification shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of Section 18 of the Exchange Act. Such certification shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference.

XML

Stock Repurchases

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Common and Preferred Stock, Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (loss) and Stock Repurchases [Abstract]

Stock Repurchases

Note R. Stock Repurchases

2011 Stock Repurchases

In June 2011, our Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase shares of our common stock, on the open market, up to $20,000 in aggregate and cancelled a prior authorization from 2008.

During the second quarter of 2011, we repurchased 27,803 shares from third party shareholders at an average price of $15.52 per share, including average commissions of $0.03 per share, on the open market. The total value of the second quarter transactions was $431. At June 30, 2011, 27,803 shares were held as treasury stock. In July 2011 we returned the shares to authorized and unissued.

During the third quarter of 2011, we repurchased 286,109 shares from third party shareholders at an average price of $16.08 per share, including average commissions of $0.03 per share, on the open market. The total value of the third quarter transactions was $4,600. At September 30, 2011, 55,370 shares were held as treasury stock. In October 2011 we returned the shares to authorized and unissued.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, we repurchased 147,600 shares from third party shareholders at an average price of $17.02 per share, including average commissions of $0.03 per share, on the open market. The total value of the fourth quarter transactions was $2,512. At December 31, 2011, no shares were held as treasury stock and all repurchased shares were returned to authorized and unissued.

As of December 31, 2011, $12,467 remained available for stock repurchases under the June 2011 authorization by the Board of Directors.

2010 Stock Repurchases

No share repurchases were made by us in 2010.

XML

Common and Preferred Stock

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Common and Preferred Stock, Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (loss) and Stock Repurchases [Abstract]

Common and Preferred Stock

Note B. Common and Preferred Stock

On April 28, 2010, our stockholders approved the charter amendment increasing the Company’s number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the certificate of incorporation by 28,700,000 shares, and increasing the number of shares of preferred stock from ten shares to 5,000,000 shares. The amount of total authorized capital stock following the amendment is 55,000,000 shares, which includes 50,000,000 shares of common stock with a $0.001 par value and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a $0.01 par value. The amendment was filed with the State of Delaware on April 29, 2010.

XML

Subsequent Events

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events

Note V. Subsequent Events

Agreement and Plan of Merger

On February 28, 2012, the Company, KCPC Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Central”) and the ultimate parent of Central Parking Corporation, a Tennessee corporation, Hermitage Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Merger Sub”), and Kohlberg CPC Rep, L.L.C, in its capacity as the Stockholders’ Representative, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), providing for the merger of Merger Sub with and into Central, with Central surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Merger”).

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, at the effective time of the Merger, the stockholders of Central (the “Central Stockholders”) will, in aggregate, be entitled to receive 6,161,334 shares of common stock of the Company (“Company Stock”), subject to reduction under specified circumstances as provided in the Merger Agreement (the “Stock Consideration”). In addition, each Central Stockholder will be entitled to receive a pro rata portion of $27,000 of total cash consideration (subject to adjustment as provided in the Merger Agreement) to be paid on the third anniversary of the closing of the Merger, to the extent not used to satisfy the Central Stockholders’ indemnity obligations that may arise under the Merger Agreement (the “Cash Consideration” and together with the Stock Consideration, the “Merger Consideration”).

The Merger Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants of the Company and Central, including, among others, covenants of each of the Company and Central not to engage in certain significant actions without the prior written consent of the other party (e.g., declaring dividends and incurring additional indebtedness).

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Central Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the Company for a number of items, including, among others, adverse consequences resulting from breaches of representations, warranties and covenants and certain identified liabilities. These indemnification obligations are in certain cases limited to claims that in the aggregate exceed a specified “deductible” amount and, in the aggregate, do not exceed a specified “cap” amount.

Additionally, the Merger Agreement provides that, immediately after the closing of the Merger, the Company will increase the size of the Company’s board of directors (the “Company Board”) from five to eight members and will appoint individuals designated by the Stockholders’ Representative on behalf of the Central Stockholders to fill those vacancies. Following the Merger, the Stockholders’ Representative (as defined in the Merger Agreement), on behalf of the Central Stockholders, will continue to have rights to designate members to the Company Board in accordance with the Merger Agreement.

The Merger Agreement and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement have been approved by each of the Company Board, the board of directors of Central and the Central Stockholders. Additionally, pursuant to NASDAQ listing standards, which require stockholder approval prior to the issuance of securities in connection with the acquisition of stock of another company if the issuance would constitute more than 20% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding before the issuance, the stockholders of the Company (the “Company Stockholders”) must approve the issuance of Stock Consideration before the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement can be consummated.

The Company will hold a special meeting at which the Company Stockholders will be asked to consider and vote upon the proposal to approve the issuance of the Stock Consideration in the Merger.

In addition to obtaining the approval of the Company Stockholders as described above, the consummation of the Merger is subject to various closing conditions, including, among others, antitrust and other regulatory clearances and the consummation of the financing as discussed below.

The Merger Agreement also contains certain termination rights for both the Company and Central, and further provides that, upon termination of the Merger Agreement under specified circumstances, a party would be required to pay the other party’s fees and expenses in an amount not to exceed $6,000 or, in one case, a termination fee of $7,500 payable by the Company to Central.

The Merger Agreement provides that, on the closing date of the Merger, the Company will enter into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with the Central Stockholders which will require the Company to file a shelf registration statement, registering for public sale by the Central Stockholders the Company Stock acquired by them at the closing of the Merger. The Registration Rights Agreement will also provide the Central Stockholders with piggyback registration rights with respect to underwritten public offerings that the Company may effect for its own account or for the benefit of other selling stockholders.

The foregoing description of the Merger Agreement and the Merger does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Merger Agreement, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 28, 2012.

Commitment Letter

Bank of America, N.A., Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, together with certain other financial institutions (collectively, the “Lenders”), have provided a senior debt commitment letter and related joinders, each dated February 28, 2012, to provide the Company with $450,000 in senior secured credit facilities consisting of (i) a $200,000 five year revolving credit facility and (ii) a $250,000 term loan facility. In conjunction with the Merger, the Company will assume approximately $210,000 of Central’s debt, net of cash acquired, which will be repaid at closing using the proceeds of the $450,000 senior credit facilities. In addition, the proceeds from these borrowings will be used by the Company to finance in part the Merger, the costs and expenses related to the Merger and the ongoing working capital and other general corporate purposes of the Company. The obligations of the Lenders to provide the debt financing under the senior debt commitment letter is subject to a number of conditions that the Company believes are customary for financings of this type. The termination date for the commitments under the senior debt commitment letter is 180 days, subject to extension by the Lenders.

The foregoing description of the Commitment Letter does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Commitment Letter, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 28, 2012.

XML

Unaudited Quarterly Results

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Unaudited Quarterly Results [Abstract]

Unaudited Quarterly Results

Note U. Unaudited Quarterly Results

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of income data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. The unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial information and, in management’s opinion, includes all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the information for the quarters presented. Historically, our operating results have varied from quarter to quarter and are expected to continue to fluctuate in the future. These fluctuations have been due to a number of factors, including: general economic conditions in our markets; additions of contracts; expiration and termination of contracts; conversion of lease contracts to management contracts; conversion of management contracts to lease contracts and changes in terms of contracts that are retained and timing of general and administrative expenditures. The operating results for any historical quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

	2011 Quarters Ended												2010 Quarters Ended
	March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31			March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31
				(Unaudited)												(Unaudited)
	($ in thousands)
Parking services revenue:
Lease contracts	$	35,205		$	37,193		$	37,501		$	37,611		$	33,116		$	34,162		$	35,713		$	35,673
Management contracts		45,954			42,343			43,259			42,169			40,075			42,081			43,713			45,462
Reimbursed management contract revenue		101,124			100,126			106,365			100,812			106,055			100,757			101,500			102,836
Total revenue		182,283			179,662			187,125			180,592			179,246			177,000			180,926			183,971
Cost of parking services:
Lease contracts		33,499			34,286			34,049			34,660			31,771			31,217			32,714			32,911
Management contracts		27,492			23,215			22,489			22,963			22,264			22,278			24,357			25,582
Reimbursed management contract revenue		101,124			100,126			106,365			100,812			106,055			100,757			101,500			102,836
Total cost of parking services		162,115			157,627			162,903			158,435			160,090			154,252			158,571			161,329
Gross profit:
Lease contracts		1,706			2,907			3,452			2,951			1,345			2,945			2,999			2,762
Management contracts		18,462			19,128			20,770			19,206			17,811			19,803			19,356			19,880
Total gross profit		20,168			22,035			24,222			22,157			19,156			22,748			22,355			22,642
General and administrative expenses		11,182			11,597			11,814			13,704			11,560			12,218			11,549			12,551
Depreciation and amortization		1,533			1,677			1,683			1,725			1,460			1,570			1,527			1,517
Operating income		7,453			8,761			10,725			6,728			6,136			8,960			9,279			8,574
Other expense (income):
Interest expense		1,169			1,180			1,197			1,145			1,490			1,398			1,286			1,161
Interest income		(60	)		(113	)		(297	)		(67	)		(53	)		(52	)		(56	)		(88	)
		1,109			1,067			900			1,078			1,437			1,346			1,230			1,073
Income before income taxes		6,344			7,694			9,825			5,650			4,699			7,614			8,049			7,501
Income tax expense		2,479			3,066			3,760			1,930			1,847			3,021			3,124			2,763
Net income		3,865			4,628			6,065			3,720			2,852			4,593			4,925			4,738
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest		86			85			89			118			7			85			89			87
Net income attributable to Standard Parking Corporation	$	3,779		$	4,543		$	5,976		$	3,602		$	2,845		$	4,508		$	4,836		$	4,651
Common stock data:
Common stock data:
Net income per share:
Basic	$	0.24		$	0.29		$	0.38		$	0.23		$	0.18		$	0.29		$	0.31		$	0.30
Diluted		0.23			0.28			0.37			0.23			0.18			0.28			0.30			0.29
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic		15,790,875			15,834,622			15,704,837			15,485,793			15,390,514			15,531,726			15,651,586			15,736,906
Diluted		16,146,106			16,164,114			16,034,330			15,845,173			15,804,599			15,877,258			15,993,631			16,096,486

XML

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts [Abstract]

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Description	Balance at Beginning  of Year		Additions Charged to Costs and Expenses		Reductions(1)			Balance at End of Year(2)
	(In thousands)
Year ended December 31, 2011:
Deducted from asset accounts Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	2,805	$	441	$	(277	)	$	2,969
Year ended December 31, 2010:
Deducted from asset accounts Allowance for doubtful accounts		3,002		380		(577	)	$	2,805
Year ended December 31, 2009:
Deducted from asset accounts Allowance for doubtful accounts		3,867		667		(1,532	)		3,002
Deducted from asset accounts Deferred tax valuation account
Year ended December 31, 2011		318		—		—			318
Year ended December 31, 2010		369		—		(51	)		318
Year ended December 31, 2009		456		—		(87	)		369

(1) Represents uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries and reversal of provision.

(2) Includes long-term receivables valuation allowance of $2,500.

XML

Significant Accounting Policies and Practices

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Significant Accounting Policies and Practices [Abstract]

Significant Accounting Policies and Practices

Note A. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and variable interest entities in which the Company is the primary beneficiary. Noncontrolling interest recorded in the consolidated statement of income is the interest in consolidated VIEs not controlled by the Company. We have interest in thirteen joint ventures and one limited liability company. The thirteen joint ventures each operate between one and thirty parking facilities. The limited liability company was formed to collect and distribute parking facility data for a fee. Of the fourteen variable interest entities, seven are consolidated into our financial statements, and seven are single purpose entities where the Company is not the primary beneficiary and therefore the Company does not control these entities as power is shared. Investments in variable interest entities where the Company is not the primary beneficiary are accounted for under the equity method. All significant intercompany profits, transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Parking Services Revenue

The Company’s revenues are primarily derived from leased locations, managed properties and the providing of ancillary services, such as accounting, equipment leasing, payments received for exercising termination rights, consulting development fees, gains on sales of contracts, insurance and other value-added services. In accordance with the guidance related to revenue recognition, revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the fees are fixed or determinable, collectability is reasonably assured and as services are provided. The Company recognizes gross receipts (net of taxes collected from customers) as revenue from leased locations, and management fees for parking services, as the related services are provided. Ancillary services are earned from management contract properties and are recognized as revenue as those services are provided.

Cost of Parking Services

The Company recognizes costs for leases, non-reimbursed costs from managed facilities and reimbursed expense as cost of parking services. Cost of parking services consists primarily of rent and payroll related costs.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included in general and administrative expenses. Advertising expenses aggregated $317, $308 and $212 for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Share based payments to employees including grants of employee stock options and restricted stock units are measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and the expense is recognized over the requisite employee service period (generally the vesting period) for awards expected to vest (considering estimated forfeitures).

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents represent funds temporarily invested in money market instruments with maturities of three months or less. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts, represents our estimate of the amount that ultimately will be realized in cash. Management reviews the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts on an ongoing basis, using historical collection trends, aging of receivables, and a review of specific accounts, and makes adjustments in the allowance as necessary. Changes in economic conditions or other circumstances could have an impact on the collection of existing receivable balances or future allowance considerations. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts was $2,969 and $2,805, respectively.

Leasehold Improvements, Equipment, and Construction in Progress, net

Leasehold improvements and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Equipment is depreciated on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives ranging from 2 to 10 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on the straight-line basis over the terms of the respective leases or the service lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter (average of approximately 7 years). Assets under capital leases are amortized on the straight-line basis over the shorter of the terms of the respective leases or the service lives of the asset and is included in depreciation expense.

Costs associated with directly obtaining, developing or upgrading internal-use software are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of software.

Cost of Contracts

Cost of parking contracts are amortized on a straight-line basis over the weighted average contract life which is 9.7 years for the year ending December 31, 2011, 9.5 years for the year ending December 31, 2010 and 9.4 years for the year ending December 31, 2009. Amortization expense was $2,275, $1,907 and $1,762 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Goodwill

We test goodwill for impairment annually and more frequently if circumstances warrant. We determine fair values for each of the reporting units using an income approach. For purposes of the income approach, fair value is determined based on the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at an appropriate risk-adjusted rate. We use our internal forecasts to estimate future cash flows and include an estimate of long-term future growth rates based on our most recent views of the long-term outlook for each segment. These assumptions could be adversely impacted by certain of the risks discussed in “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Form 10-K. Actual results may differ from those assumed in our forecasts. We use discount rates that are commensurate with the risks and uncertainty inherent in the respective reporting units and in our internally developed forecasts.

We performed our annual impairment test for goodwill at all of our reporting units in the fourth quarter. In performing the valuations, we used cash flows, which reflected management’s forecasts and discount rates which reflect the risks associated with the current market. Based on the results of our testing, the fair values of each of our reporting units exceeded their book values; therefore, the second step of the impairment test (in which fair value of each of the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities is measured) was not required to be performed and no goodwill impairment was recognized.

Estimating the fair value of reporting units involves the use of estimates and significant judgments that are based on a number of factors including actual operating results. If current conditions change from those expected, it is reasonably possible that the judgments and estimates described above could change in future periods.

Long Lived and Finite-Lived Intangible Assets

Long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles with finite lives are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or group of assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

Debt Issuance Costs

The costs of obtaining financing are capitalized and amortized as interest expense over the term of the respective financing using the interest rate method. Debt issuance costs of $950 and $1,558 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, are included in intangibles and other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and are reflected net of accumulated amortization. Amortization expense was $638, $638 and $640 at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Financial Instruments

The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair value due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments. Long-term debt has a carrying value that approximates fair value because these instruments bear interest at variable market rates.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of the Company’s foreign operations is the local currency. Accordingly, assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign operations are translated from foreign currencies into U.S. dollars at the rates in effect on the balance sheet date while income and expenses are translated at the weighted-average exchange rates for the year. Adjustments resulting from the translations of foreign currency financial statements are accumulated and classified as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.

Interest Rate Caps

We do not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash flow hedging purposes.

On February 22, 2010, we entered into interest rate cap agreements with Wells Fargo Bank N.A. (“Wells Fargo”) and Fifth Third Bank (“Fifth Third”), allowing us to limit our exposure on a portion of our borrowings under our senior credit facility (“Rate Cap Transactions”). Pursuant to two separate letter agreements between the Company and Wells Fargo and Fifth Third, respectively, we will receive payments from Wells Fargo and Fifth Third each quarterly period to the extent that the prevailing three month LIBOR during that period exceeds our cap rate of 3.25%. The Rate Cap Transactions are effective March 31, 2010, and will settle each quarter on a date that is intended to coincide with our quarterly interest payment dates under our senior credit facility. The Rate Cap Transactions cap our LIBOR interest rate on a notional amount of $50,000 at 3.25% for a total of 39 months. These Rate Cap Transactions are classified as a cash flow hedge, and we calculate the effectiveness of the hedge on a quarterly basis. The ineffective portion of the cash flow hedge is recognized in earnings as an increase of interest expense of $112 in 2011 and $1 in 2010. The fair value of the interest rate cap at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is $8 and $174, respectively and is included in prepaid expenses.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current environment.

Insurance Reserves

The Company purchases comprehensive casualty insurance covering certain claims that arise in connection with our operations. In addition, the Company purchases umbrella/excess liability coverage. The Company’s various liability insurance policies have deductibles of up to $250 that must be met before the insurance companies are required to reimburse the Company for costs incurred relating to covered claims. As a result, the Company is, in effect, self-insured for all claims up to the deductible levels. The Company applies the provisions as defined in the guidance related to accounting for contingencies, in determining the timing and amount of expense recognition associated with claims against the Company. The expense recognition is based upon the Company’s determination of an unfavorable outcome of a claim being deemed as probable and capable of being reasonably estimated, as defined in the guidance related to accounting for contingencies. This determination requires the use of judgment in both the estimation of probability and the amount to be recognized as an expense. The Company utilizes historical claims experience along with regular input from third party insurance advisors in determining the required level of insurance reserves. Future information regarding historical loss experience may require changes to the level of insurance reserves and could result in increased expense recognition in the future.

Contingencies

The Company is subject to litigation in the normal course of our business. The Company applies the provisions as defined in the guidance related to accounting for contingencies in determining the recognition and measurement of expense recognition associated with legal claims against the Company. Management uses guidance from internal and external legal counsel on the potential outcome of litigation in determining the need to record liabilities for potential losses and the disclosure of pending legal claims.

Income Taxes

Income tax in the consolidated statement of operations includes deferred income tax provisions or benefits for all significant temporary differences in recognizing income and expenses for financial reporting and income tax purposes. A valuation allowance is established if it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Reimbursed Management Contract Revenue and Expense

The Company recognizes as both revenues and expenses, in equal amounts, costs incurred by the Company that are directly reimbursed from its management clients. The Company has determined it is the principal in these transactions, as defined in ASC 605-45 Principal Agent Considerations, based on the indicators of gross revenue reporting. As the principal, we are the primary obligor in the arrangement, have latitude in establishing price, discretion in supplier selection, and we assume credit risk.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued updated accounting guidance related to the presentation of comprehensive income. This accounting update eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of shareholders’ equity. Instead, comprehensive income must be reported in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income, which contains two sections, net income and other comprehensive income, or in two separate but consecutive statements. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is not permitted. The adoption of this update will impact the presentation and disclosure of the Company’s financial statements but will not impact the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

In September 2011, the FASB issued updated accounting guidance related to testing goodwill for impairment. The amendments provide entities with the option of performing a qualitative assessment before performing the first step of the two-step impairment test. If entities determine, on the basis of qualitative factors, it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test would be unnecessary. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test by calculating the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing the fair value with the carrying amount of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then the entity is required to perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. The amendment also provides entities with the option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to the first step of the two-step impairment test. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, but early adoption is permitted. Although the Company is still evaluating the impact of this guidance, we do not believe that its adoption will have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows but could impact financial statement disclosures.

In May 2011, the FASB issued updated accounting guidance related to amendments to achieve common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements. The guidance amends certain accounting and disclosure requirements related to fair value measurements to ensure that fair value has the same meaning in U.S. GAAP and in IFRS and that their respective fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are the same. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is not permitted. We are currently evaluating how we will adopt this new guidance and the impact, if any, the adoption will have on our future results of operations and financial condition.

Accounting Standards Adopted

In September 2011, the FASB issued updated accounting guidance related to compensation retirement benefits for multiemployer plans. The amendments are intended to provide more information about an employer’s financial obligations to multiemployer pension plans and multiemployer other postretirement benefits plans and, therefore, help financial statement users better understand the financial health of all of the significant plans in which the employer participates. This guidance is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2011. The Company has provided increased disclosures related to its participation in multi-employer pension plans.

Reclassification

Certain amounts previously presented in the financial statements of prior periods have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation.

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 13,220	$ 7,305
Notes and accounts receivable, net	46,396	52,167
Prepaid expenses and supplies	2,419	2,312
Deferred taxes	2,745	2,314
Total current assets	64,780	64,098
Leasehold improvements, equipment and construction in progress, net	16,732	16,839
Other assets:
Advances and deposits	5,261	5,172
Long-term receivables, net	14,177	12,789
Intangible and other assets, net	9,420	8,910
Cost of contracts, net	14,286	15,628
Goodwill	132,417	132,196
Total other assets	175,561	174,695
Total assets	257,073	255,632
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	44,747	43,984
Accrued rent	5,074	4,044
Compensation and payroll withholdings	11,132	10,774
Property, payroll and other taxes	3,228	3,025
Accrued insurance	7,784	7,012
Accrued expenses	14,086	15,127
Current portion of capital lease and other obligations	754	673
Total current liabilities	86,805	84,639
Deferred taxes	12,981	9,637
Long-term borrowings, excluding current portion:
Obligations under senior credit facility	80,000	95,200
Capital lease and other obligations	1,259	2,029
Total long-term borrowings	81,259	97,229
Other long-term liabilities	26,386	27,324
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share; 5,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2011 and 2010; no shares issued
Common stock, par value $.001 per share; 50,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2011, and 2010; 15,464,864 and 15,775,645 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011, and 2010, respectively	15	16
Additional paid-in capital	92,662	97,291
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income	(318)	103
Accumulated deficit	(42,632)	(60,532)
Total Standard Parking Corporation stockholders' equity	49,727	36,878
Noncontrolling interest	(85)	(75)
Total equity	49,642	36,803
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$ 257,073	$ 255,632

XML

Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data	Total	Common Stock	Additional Paid-In Capital	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)	Treasury Stock	Accumulated Deficit	Noncontrolling Interest
Beginning balance at Dec. 31, 2008	$ 958	$ 16	$ 103,541	$ 85	$ (11,161)	$ (91,464)	$ (59)
Beginning balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2008		16,110,781			627,423
Net income	14,215					14,092	123
Foreign currency translation adjustments	228			228
Comprehensive income	14,443
Repurchase and retirement of common stock, shares		(843,540)			(627,423)
Repurchase and retirement of common stock	(3,885)	(1)	(15,045)		11,161
Proceeds from exercise of stock options, shares		105,896
Proceeds from exercise of stock options	415		415
Issuance of stock grants, shares		12,291
Issuance of stock grants	220		220
Stock-based compensation related to long-term incentive plan	51		51
Non-cash stock-based compensation related to restricted stock units	2,046		2,046
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense	30		30
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options	535		535
Distribution to noncontrolliing interest	(136)						(136)
Ending balance at Dec. 31, 2009	14,677	15	91,793	313	0	(77,372)	(72)
Ending balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2009		15,385,428			0
Net income	17,108					16,840	268
Foreign currency translation adjustments	169			169
Revaluation of interest rate cap	(379)			(379)
Comprehensive income	16,898
Proceeds from exercise of stock options, shares		385,027
Proceeds from exercise of stock options	1,773	1	1,772
Issuance of stock grants, shares		14,396
Issuance of stock grants	245		245
Retirement of common stock, shares		(9,206)
Non-cash stock-based compensation related to restricted stock units	2,065		2,065
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options	1,416		1,416
Distribution to noncontrolliing interest	(271)						(271)
Ending balance at Dec. 31, 2010	36,803	16	97,291	103	0	(60,532)	(75)
Ending balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2010		15,775,645			0
Net income	18,278					17,900	378
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(390)			(390)
Revaluation of interest rate cap	(31)			(31)
Comprehensive income	17,857
Exercise of stock options, shares		68,322
Proceeds from exercise of stock options	217		217
Issuance of stock grants, shares		14,009
Issuance of stock grants	245		245
Vested restricted stock units, shares		68,400
Non-cash stock-based compensation related to restricted stock units	2,206		2,206
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options	246		246
Distribution to noncontrolliing interest	(388)						(388)
Repurchase of common stock, shares		(461,512)
Repurchase of common stock	(7,544)	(1)	(7,543)
Ending balance at Dec. 31, 2011	$ 49,642	$ 15	$ 92,662	$ (318)	$ 0	$ (42,632)	$ (85)
Ending balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2011		15,464,864			0

XML

Capital Leases

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Capital Leases [Abstract]

Capital Leases

Note O. Capital Leases

Property under capital leases included within equipment is as follows:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
Service vehicles	$	3,739	$	3,739
Parking equipment		—		64
		3,739		3,803
Less: Accumulated depreciation		2,951		2,473
	$	788	$	1,330

Amortization expense was $542, $561 and $844 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which is included in depreciation expense.

Future minimum lease payments under capital leases at December 31, 2011 as well as the present value of the minimum lease payments through expiration are as follows:

2012	$	633
2013		403
Total minimum payments		1,036
Less: Amounts representing interest		64
Present value of minimum payments		972
Less: Current portion		609
Total long-term portion	$	363

XML

Long-Term Receivables, net

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Long-Term Receivables, net [Abstract]

Long-Term Receivables, net

Note Q. Long-Term Receivables, net

Long-term receivables, net, consist of the following:

	December 31,
	2011			2010
Deficiency payments:
Balance at beginning of year	$	12,070		$	9,606
Deficiency payments made		1,716			2,724
Deficiency repayment received		(379	)		(260	)
Balance at end of year		13,407			12,070
Other Bradley related, net		3,203			3,203
Valuation allowance		(2,484	)		(2,484	)
Total Bradley receivable		14,126			12,789
Other long-term receivables		51			—
Total long-term receivables	$	14,177		$	12,789

Agreement

We are entered into a 25-year agreement with the State of Connecticut (“State”) that expires on April 6, 2025, under which we operate the surface parking and 3,500 garage parking spaces at Bradley International Airport located in the Hartford, Connecticut metropolitan area. The Company manages the facility for which it is expected to receive a management fee.

The parking garage was financed on April 6, 2000 through the issuance of $53,800 of State of Connecticut special facility revenue bonds, representing $47,700 non-taxable Series A bonds and a separate taxable issuance of $6,100 Series B bonds. The Series B bonds were retired on July 1, 2006 according to the terms of the indenture. The Bradley agreement provides that we deposit with a trustee for the bondholders all gross revenues collected from operations of the surface and garage parking, and from these gross revenues the trustee pays debt service on the special facility revenue bonds outstanding, operating and capital maintenance expense of the surface and garage parking facilities excluding our management fee discussed below, and specific annual guaranteed minimum payments to the state. Principal and interest on the Bradley special facility revenue bonds increase from approximately $3,600 in lease year 2002 to approximately $4,500 in lease year 2025. Annual guaranteed minimum payments to the State increase from approximately $8,300 in lease year 2002 to approximately $13,200 in lease year 2024. The annual minimum guaranteed payment to the State by the trustee for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $10,162 and $9,935, respectively.

All of the cash flow from the parking facilities are pledged to the security of the special facility revenue bonds and are collected and deposited with the bond trustee. Each month the bond trustee makes certain required monthly distributions, which are characterized as “Guaranteed Payments.” To the extent the monthly gross receipts generated by the parking facilities are not sufficient for the trustee to make the required Guaranteed Payments, we are obligated to deliver the deficiency amount to the trustee. Additionally, the Guaranteed Payments are required to be paid before we are reimbursed for deficiency payments or management fees.

The following is the list of Guaranteed Payments:

• Garage and surface operating expenses,

• Principal and interest on the special facility revenue bonds,

• Trustee expenses,

• Major maintenance and capital improvement deposits; and

• State minimum guarantee.

However, to the extent there is a cash surplus in any month during the term of the Lease, we have the right to be repaid the principal amount of any and all deficiency payments, together with actual interest expenses and a premium, not to exceed 10% of the initial deficiency payment. We calculate and record interest income and premium income in the period the associated deficiency payment is received from the trustee.

Deficiency Payments

To the extent that monthly gross receipts are not sufficient for the trustee to make the required payments, we are obligated pursuant to our agreement, to deliver the deficiency amount to the trustee within three business days of being notified. We are responsible for these deficiency payments regardless of the amount of utilization for the Bradley parking facilities. The deficiency payments represent contingent interest bearing advances to the trustee to cover operating cash flow requirements. To the extent sufficient funds are available in the appropriate fund, the trustee is then directed by the State to reimburse us for deficiency payments up to the amount of the calculated surplus.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we made deficiency payments (net of repayments received) of $1,337. In addition, in 2011 we received $54 for premium income and $256 in interest income on deficiency repayments from the trustee. In the year ended December 31, 2010, we made deficiency payments (net of repayments received) of $2,464. In addition, in 2010 we received $31 for premium income on deficiency payments to the trustee. We did not record or receive any interest on deficiency repayments from the trustee in the year ended December 31, 2010. The receivable from the trustee for interest and premium income related to deficiency repayments was $0 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The payments, if any, are recorded as a receivable by us for which we are reimbursed from time to time as provided in the trust agreement. As of December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, we have a receivable of $13,407 and $12,070, respectively, compromised of cumulative deficiency payments to the trustee, net of reimbursements. We believe these advances to be fully recoverable, as the Construction, Financing and Operating Special Facility Lease Agreement, which governs reimbursement of Guarantor Payments places no time restriction on the company’s right to reimbursement, and therefore have not recorded a valuation allowance for them. We do not guarantee the payment of any principal or interest on any debt obligations of the State of Connecticut or the trustee.

Per the Construction, Financing and Operating Special Facility Lease Agreement, which governs reimbursement of deficiency payments, places no time restriction or language exists limiting our right to reimbursement in the Lease.

Compensation

In addition to the recovery of certain general and administrative expenses incurred, our agreement provides for an annual management fee payment which is based on three operating profit tiers calculated for each year during the term of the agreement. The management fee is further apportioned 60% to us and 40% to an un-affiliated entity. To the extent that funds are available for the trustee to make a distribution, the annual management fee is paid when sufficient cash is paid after the Guaranteed Payments (as defined in our agreement), and after the repayment of all deficiency payments, including accrued interest and premium. However, our right to the management fee accrues each year during the term of the agreement and is paid when sufficient cash is available for the trustee to make a distribution.

The annual management fee is paid after the repayment of all deficiency payments, including accrued interest and premium, therefore due to the existence and length of time for repayment of the deficiency amounts to the Company, no management fees have been recognized in the accompanying financial statements. Management fees will be recognized in accordance with SAB 104 when “collectability is reasonably assured”.

Cumulative management fees of $5,400 have not been recognized as of December 31, 2011 and no management fees were recognized during 2011, 2010 or 2009.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Operating activities
Net income	$ 18,278	$ 17,108	$ 14,215
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	6,671	6,018	5,460
Loss on sale of assets	31	115	332
Amortization of debt issuance costs	638	638	640
Non-cash stock-based compensation	2,451	2,310	2,292
Provision for losses on accounts receivable	201	100	376
Excess tax benefit related to stock option exercises	(246)	(1,446)	(535)
Deferred income taxes	2,913	2,629	4,642
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Notes and accounts receivable	4,095	(9,672)	(1,860)
Prepaid assets	(154)	2,710	(2,244)
Other assets	(1,332)	(1,887)	(1,798)
Accounts payable	763	(5,098)	2,028
Accrued liabilities	641	6,009	(1,787)
Net cash provided by operating activities	34,950	19,534	21,761
Investing activities
Purchase of leasehold improvements and equipment	(4,150)	(2,985)	(3,486)
Proceeds from the sale of assets	116	5	58
Acquisitions	14	(3,597)	(2,450)
Cost of contracts purchased	(932)	(678)	(934)
Capital interest	(43)	(139)
Contingent payments for businesses acquired	(262)	(340)	(268)
Net cash used in investing activities	(5,257)	(7,734)	(7,080)
Financing activities
Proceeds from exercise of stock options	217	1,773	415
Repurchase of common stock	(7,544)		(3,885)
Earn-out payments		(529)
Payments on senior credit facility	(15,200)	(14,650)	(10,750)
Payments on long-term borrowings	(136)	(128)	(120)
Distribution to noncontrolling interest	(388)	(271)	(136)
Payments of debt issuance costs	(30)	(30)	(30)
Payments on capital leases	(553)	(531)	(983)
Tax benefit related to stock option exercise	246	1,446	535
Net cash used in financing activities	(23,388)	(12,920)	(14,954)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(390)	169	228
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	5,915	(951)	(45)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	7,305	8,256	8,301
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	13,220	7,305	8,256
Cash paid for:
Interest	4,015	5,097	5,951
Income taxes	$ 7,507	$ 7,270	$ 2,938

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $)	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Consolidated Balance Sheets [Abstract]
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized	5,000,000	5,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued
Common stock, par value	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Common stock, shares authorized	50,000,000	50,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	15,464,864	15,775,645
Common stock, shares outstanding	15,464,864	15,775,645

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Income Taxes [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Note J. Income Taxes

The components of income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

	2011		2010			2009
Current provision:
U.S. federal	$	6,202	$	5,958		$	2,778
Foreign		292		682			250
State		1,678		1,238			735
Total current		8,172		7,878			3,763
Deferred provision:
U.S. federal		3,015		2,497			4,133
Foreign		5		(96	)		—
State		43		476			369
Total deferred		3,063		2,877			4,502
Income tax expense	$	11,235	$	10,755		$	8,265

Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amount used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carry forwards	$	4,017		$	4,947
Accrued expenses		9,651			9,079
Accrued compensation		6,081			5,371
Other		274			253
Gross deferred tax assets		20,023			19,650
Less: valuation allowance		(318	)		(318	)
Total deferred tax asset		19,705			19,332
Deferred tax liabilities:
Prepaid expenses		(244	)		(253	)
Undistributed foreign earnings		(1,176	)		(1,100	)
Tax over book depreciation and amortization		(3,012	)		(1,849	)
Tax over book goodwill amortization		(25,426	)		(23,357	)
Other		(83	)		(97	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(29,941	)		(26,656	)
Net deferred tax liability	$	(10,236	)	$	(7,324	)

Amounts recognized on the balance sheet consist of:

	2011			2010
Deferred tax asset, current	$	2,745		$	2,314
Deferred tax (liability), long term		(12,981	)		(9,637	)
Net deferred tax liability	$	(10,236	)	$	(7,323	)

The accounting guidance for accounting for income taxes requires that we assess the realizability of deferred tax assets at each reporting period. These assessments generally consider several factors including the reversal of existing temporary differences, projected future taxable income, and potential tax planning strategies. We have valuation allowances totaling $318 at December 31, 2011 and 2010 related to our state net operating loss (NOLs) carryforwards that we believe are not likely to be realized based upon our estimates of future state taxable income limitations of the use of our state NOLs, and the carryforward life over which the state tax benefit will be realized.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had $8,869 of gross federal net operating loss (NOLs) carryforwards, which will expire in the years 2023 through 2024, and $913 of tax effected state net operating loss (NOLs) carryforwards which will expire 2012 through 2026. As a result of the initial public offering completed in June of 2004, an ownership change occurred under Internal Revenue Code Section 382 which limits our ability to use pre-change NOLs to reduce future taxable income. Additionally, a second ownership change occurred in May 2009, however, since the fair market value of the Company’s shares were significantly higher than at the time of the initial public offering, there was no change in the applicable Section 382 limitation that limits our ability to utilize pre-change NOLs.

Since 2005, the Company has treated its investment in its Canadian subsidiary as non-permanent in duration and provided taxes on the undistributed Canadian earnings under the applicable accounting guidance. In 2011 the Company reassessed the treatment of the undistributed earnings of its Canadian subsidiary and determined that approximately $1,600 of Canadian earnings are permanently reinvested to meet the Canadian subsidiary’s working capital requirements. The Company has provided taxes for the remaining undistributed earnings of its Canadian subsidiary in excess of the permanently reinvested amount.

A reconciliation of the Company’s reported income tax provision (benefit) to the amount computed by multiplying book income/(loss) before income taxes by the statutory United States federal income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Tax at statutory rate	$	10,330		$	9,752		$	7,868
Permanent differences		572			464			447
State taxes, net of federal benefit		1,134			1,314			933
Effect of foreign tax rates		(71	)		(24	)		(86	)
Recognition of tax credits		(903	)		(526	)		(929	)
Other		173			(174	)		119
		11,235			10,806			8,352
Change in valuation allowance		—			(51	)		(87	)
Income tax expense	$	11,235		$	10,755		$	8,265

Income taxes paid in aggregate to United States federal, state and Canadian tax authorities was $7,507, $7,270 and $2,938 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company has not identified any uncertain tax positions that would have a material impact on the Company’s financial position. The Company recognizes potential interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if any, in income tax expense.

The tax years that remain subject to examination for the Company’s major tax jurisdictions at December 31, 2011 are shown below:

2005 – 2010	United States—federal income tax
2005 – 2010	United States—state and local income tax
2007 – 2010	Canada

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Mar. 07, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	STANDARD PARKING CORP
Entity Central Index Key	0001059262
Document Type	10-K
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2011
Amendment Flag	false
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2011
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Entity Public Float			$ 253.2
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		15,617,377

XML

Benefit Plans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Benefit Plans [Abstract]

Benefit Plans

Note K. Benefit Plans

The Company has deferred compensation arrangements for certain key executives, a savings and retirement plan, and a non-qualified deferred compensation plan in which certain employees are eligible to participate.

The Company offers deferred compensation arrangements for certain key executives. Subject to their continued employment by the Company, certain employees offered supplemental pension arrangements will receive a defined monthly benefit upon attaining age 65. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company has accrued $3,362 and $3,154, respectively, representing the present value of the future benefit payments. Expenses related to these plans amounted to $311, $154, and $217 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Participants in the savings and retirement plan may elect to contribute a portion of their compensation to the plan. The Company, contributes an amount in cash or other property as required by the plan. Expenses related to these plans amounted to $988, $951, and $897 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Company also offers a non-qualified deferred compensation plan. This plan allows certain employees to defer a portion of their compensation, limited to a maximum of $50 per year, to be paid to the participants upon separation of employment or distribution date selected by employee. To support the non-qualified deferred compensation plan, the Company has elected to purchase Company owned life insurance (“COLI”) policies on certain plan participants. The cash surrender value of the COLI policies is designed to provide a source for funding the accrued liability. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the cash surrender value of the COLI policies is $3,902 and $2,830, respectively and is included in intangible and other assets, net on the consolidated balance sheet. The liability for the non-qualified deferred compensation plan is included in other long-term liabilities and was $3,929 and $2,960 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The Company contributes to a number of multiemployer defined benefit pension plans under the terms of collective-bargaining agreements that cover its union-represented employees. The risks of participating in these multiemployer plans are different from single-employer plans in the following aspects:

a. Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers.

b. If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers.

c. If the Company chooses to stop participating in one of its multiemployer plans, it may be required to pay the plan an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as withdrawal liability.

The Company’s participation in these plans for the annual period ended December 31, 2011, is outlined in the table below. The “EIN/Pension Plan Number” row provides the Employee Identification Number (EIN) and the three-digit plan number, if applicable. The zone status is based on information that the Company received from the plan and is certified by the plan’s actuary. Among other factors, plans in the red zone are generally less than 65 percent funded, plans in the yellow zone are less than 80 percent funded, and plans in the green zone are at least 80 percent funded. The “FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented” row indicates plans for which a financial improvement plan (FIP) or a rehabilitation plan (RP) is either pending or has been implemented. The last row lists the expiration dates of the collective-bargaining agreements to which the plans are subject. There have been no significant changes, affecting period-to-period comparability of contributions, to the number of employees covered by the Company’s multiemployer plans from 2009 to 2011.

EIN/ Pension Plan Number

Pension Protection Zone Status

FIP/FR  Pending Implementation

Contributions

Surcharge Imposed

Zone Status as of the Most Recent Annual Report

Expiration Date of Collective Bargaining Agreement

Pension

2010

2009

2011

2010

2009

Teamsters Local Union 727

0001746

Green

Green

N/A

3,617

2,500

2,209

No

2/28/11, 2/28/10

10/31/11

Western Conference of Teamsters

91-6145047

Green

Green

N/A

215

206

186

No

1/1/10, 1/1/09

4/30/13

The Company’s contributions represented more than five percent of total contributions to the Teamsters Local Union No. 727 Benefit Fund as indicated in the Fund’s Form 5500 for the plan year ending February 28, 2011 (the Plan’s most recently available annual report). We do not represent more than five percent to any other fund.

Net expenses not reimbursed by clients and related to multiemployer defined benefit and defined contribution benefit plans were $710, $552 and $572 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

In the event that we decide to cease participating in these plans, we could be assessed a withdrawal liability. We currently do not have any intentions to cease participating in these multiemployer pension plans and therefore would not trigger the withdrawal liability.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Income (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011		Dec. 31, 2010		Dec. 31, 2009
Parking services revenue:
Lease contracts	$ 147,510		$ 138,664		$ 140,441
Management contracts	173,725		171,331		153,382
Reimbursed management contract revenue	408,427		411,148		401,671
Total revenue	729,662		721,143		695,494
Cost of parking services:
Lease contracts	136,494		128,613		130,897
Management contracts	96,159		94,481		84,167
Reimbursed management contract expense	408,427		411,148		401,671
Total cost of parking services	641,080		634,242		616,735
Gross profit:
Lease contracts	11,016		10,051		9,544
Management contracts	77,566		76,850		69,215
Total gross profit	88,582		86,901		78,759
General and administrative expenses(1)	48,297	[1]	47,878	[1]	44,707	[1]
Depreciation and amortization	6,618		6,074		5,828
Total costs and expenses	695,995		688,194		667,270
Operating income	33,667		32,949		28,224
Other expenses (income):
Interest expense	4,691		5,335		6,012
Interest income	(537)		(249)		(268)
Total other expenses (income)	4,154		5,086		5,744
Income before income taxes	29,513		27,863		22,480
Income tax expense	11,235		10,755		8,265
Net income	18,278		17,108		14,215
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	378		268		123
Net income attributable to Standard Parking Corporation	$ 17,900		$ 16,840		$ 14,092
Net income per share:
Basic	$ 1.14		$ 1.08		$ 0.92
Diluted	$ 1.12		$ 1.06		$ 0.90
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic	15,703,595		15,579,352		15,292,412
Diluted	16,047,879		15,944,662		15,683,525

[1] Non-cash stock based compensation expense of $2,451, $2,310 and $2,292 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, is included in general and administrative expenses.

XML

Cost of Contracts, Net

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Cost of Contracts, Net and Goodwill [Abstract]

Cost of Contracts, Net

Note E. Cost of Contracts, net

Cost of contracts represents the cost of obtaining contractual rights associated with providing parking services at a managed or leased facility. Cost consists of either capitalized payments made to third parties or the value ascribed to contracts acquired through acquisition. Cost of contracts are amortized over the estimated life of the contracts, including anticipated renewals and terminations. Estimated lives are based on either the contract life or anticipated lives that are consistent with the underlying valuation analysis used in determining the fair value at acquisition.

The balance of cost of contracts is comprised of the following:

	December 31,
	2011			2010
Cost of contracts	$	24,203		$	23,273
Accumulated amortization		(9,917	)		(7,645	)
Cost of contracts, net	$	14,286		$	15,628

The expected future amortization of cost of contracts is as follows:

	Cost of Contract
2012	$	2,344
2013		2,237
2014		2,043
2015		1,829
2016		1,643
2017 and Thereafter		4,190
Total	$	14,286

Amortization expense related to cost of contracts was $2,275, $1,907 and $1,762 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 respectively. Amortization includes losses on cost of contracts of $0, $62, and $0 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The weighted average useful life is 9.7 years for 2011, 9.5 years for 2010 and 9.4 years for 2009.

XML

Leasehold Improvements, Equipment and Construction in Progress, net

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Leasehold Improvements, Equipment and Construction in Progress, net [Abstract]

Leasehold Improvements, Equipment and Construction in Progress, net

Note D. Leasehold Improvements, Equipment and Construction in Progress, net

A summary of leasehold improvements, equipment, and construction in progress and related accumulated depreciation and amortization is as follows:

		December 31
	Ranges of Estimated Useful Life	2011			2010
Equipment	2-5 Years	$	12,021		$	12,241
Software	3-10 Years		12,643			7,512
Vehicles	4 Years		9,405			8,913
Other	10 Years		2,464			2,316
Leasehold improvements	Shorter of lease term or economic		9,732			9,642
Construction in progress	life up to 10 years		2,255			6,025
			48,520			46,649
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization			(31,788	)		(29,810	)
Leasehold improvements, equipment and construction in progress, net		$	16,732		$	16,839

Depreciation expense was $4,167, $3,722 and $3,832 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Depreciation includes losses on abandonments of leasehold improvements and equipment of $31, $53 and $369 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

XML

Goodwill

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Cost of Contracts, Net and Goodwill [Abstract]

Goodwill

Note P. Goodwill

Goodwill is assigned to respective segments based upon the specific Region where the assets acquired and associated goodwill resided.

The following table reflects the changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill by reported segment for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

	Region One		Region Two			Region Three		Region Four		Total
Balance as of December 31, 2009	$	61,849	$	8,460		$	35,227	$	22,577	$	128,113
Acquired during the period		3,489		—			—		—		3,489
Contingent payments related to acquisitions		326		—			14		—		340
Foreign currency translation		—		254			—		—		254
Balance as of December 31, 2010	$	65,664	$	8,714		$	35,241	$	22,577	$	132,196
Adjustments to purchase price		73		—			—		—		73
Contingent payments related to acquisitions		228		—			34		—		262
Foreign currency translation		—		(114	)		—		—		(114	)
Balance as of December 31, 2011	$	65,965	$	8,600		$	35,275	$	22,577	$	132,417

XML

Leases and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Leases and Contingencies [Abstract]

Leases and Contingencies

Note L. Leases and Contingencies

The Company operates parking facilities under operating leases expiring on various dates, generally prior to 2019. Certain of the leases contain options to renew at the Company’s discretion.

Total future annual rent expense is not determinable as a portion of such future rent is contingent based on revenues. At December 31, 2011, the Company’s minimum rental commitments, excluding contingent rent provisions under all non-cancelable operating leases, are as follows:

2012(1)	$	39,051
2013		27,943
2014		19,340
2015		15,945
2016		10,193
2017 and thereafter,		8,675
	$	121,147

(1) $7,317 is included in 2012’s minimum commitments for leases that expire in less than one year.

Rent expense, including contingent rents, was $108,324, $101,623 and $101,634 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Contingent rent expense was $58,309, $53,211 and $53,513 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Contingent rent expense consists primarily of percentage rent payments, which will cease at various times as certain leases expire.

We enter into contingent purchase price arrangements from time to time for our business combinations and depending upon the date of the business combination, some of our contingent purchase price arrangements are not reflected in our consolidated balance sheet as those acquisitions occurred prior to the adoption of the most recent guidance on business combinations which now requires these to be recorded on the date of the acquisition. Our contingent payment obligations outstanding under previous business combination rules totaled $536 and $908, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, assuming all performance targets would be achieved as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and on an aggregate undiscounted basis. Such contingent payments will be accounted for as additional purchase price if the performance criteria are achieved; accordingly, this contingent payment obligation is not recorded at December 31, 2011. In addition, as of December 31, 2011 we have accrued $233 for contingent payment obligations incurred in 2011 under previous business combination rules. We have recorded a contingency obligation for acquisitions subsequent to the adoption of the most recent guidance on business combinations, in the amount of $6,498, of which $4,295 is included in the other long-term liabilities and $2,203 is included in accrued expenses at December 31, 2011.

XML

Borrowing Arrangements

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Borrowing Arrangements [Abstract]

Borrowing Arrangements

Note H. Borrowing Arrangements

Long-term borrowings, in order of preference, consist of:

		Amount Outstanding
	Due Date	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
	(In thousands)
Senior credit facility	June 2013	$	80,000	$	95,200
Capital lease obligations	Various		972		1,525
Obligations on Seller notes and other	Various		1,041		1,177
Total debt			82,013		97,902
Less current portion			754		673
Total long-term debt		$	81,259	$	97,229

Future minimum payments of total long-term debt at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

2012	$	2,329
2013		81,268
2014		206
2015		206
2016		206
Thereafter		223
Total minimum payments		84,438
Less: Amounts representing interest		3,397
Present value of minimum payments		81,041
Present value of minimum payments of capital leases(1)		972
Less: Current portion		754
Total long-term portion	$	81,259

(1) Future minimum lease payments under capital leases are included in Note O.

Senior Credit Facility

On July 15, 2008, we amended and restated our credit facility.

The $210,000 revolving senior credit facility will expire on June 29, 2013. The revolving senior credit facility includes a letter of credit sub-facility with a sublimit of $50,000. The $50,000 letter of credit sub-facility does not limit the maximum actual borrowings on the revolving senior credit facility.

This revolving senior credit facility bears interest, at our option, at either (1) LIBOR plus an applicable LIBOR margin of between 2.00% and 3.50% depending on the ratio of our total funded indebtedness to our EBITDA from time to time (“Total Debt Ratio”) or (2) the Base Rate (as defined below) plus an applicable Base Rate Margin of between 0.50% and 2.00% depending on our Total Debt Ratio. We may elect interest periods of one, two, three or six months for LIBOR based borrowings. The Base Rate is the greater of (i) the rate publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America, N.A. as its “prime rate,” or (ii) the overnight federal funds rate plus 0.50%.

Certain financial covenants limit the Company’s capacity to fully draw on its $210,000 revolving credit facility. Our senior credit facility includes a fixed charge ratio covenant, a total debt to EBITDA ratio covenant, a limit on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, issue preferred stock or pay dividends, and certain other restrictions on our activities. We are required to repay borrowings under our senior credit facility out of the proceeds of future issuances of debt or equity securities and asset sales, subject to certain customary exceptions. Our senior credit facility is secured by substantially all of our assets and all assets acquired in the future (including a pledge of 100% of the stock of our existing and future domestic guarantor subsidiaries and 65% of the stock of our existing and future foreign subsidiaries).

We are in compliance with all of our covenants as of December 31, 2011.

The weighted average interest rate on our senior credit facility at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was 2.5% and 2.6%, respectively. The rate includes all outstanding LIBOR contracts, interest rate cap effect and letters of credit. The weighted average interest rate on outstanding borrowings, not including letters of credit, was 2.6% at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

At December 31, 2011, we had $16,823 of letters of credit outstanding under the senior credit facility, borrowings against the senior credit facility aggregated $80,000, and we had $61,424 available under the senior credit facility.

We have entered into various financing agreements, which were used for the purchase of equipment.

XML

Acquisitions

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Acquisitions [Abstract]

Acquisitions

Note F. Acquisitions

2010 Acquisitions

On December 8, 2010, the Company acquired Expert Parking, Inc. and Expert Parking Management, Inc. in a stock purchase transaction for a purchase price in the amount of $5,963 net of cash acquired, of which $3,583 was paid in cash, and $2,380 of earn-out payments to be paid over five years, which are contingent upon achieving certain financial performance targets. Expert Parking, based in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, operates and manages garages in Pennsylvania and New Jersey.

The acquisition represents an acquisition of a business and was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The Company has completed its fair value analysis and the purchase price allocation is final. The Company financed the acquisition through additional term borrowings under the senior credit facility and existing cash. The results of operations of this acquisition is included in the Company’s consolidated statement of income from the date of acquisition.

The Company expensed acquisition related costs of $10 in 2011 and $207 in 2010. These costs are included in general and administrative expenses in the income statement. The amount of goodwill that is expected to be deductible for tax purposes is $1,182. The acquisition is not considered material to the Company.

XML

Fair Value Measurement

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Fair Value Measurement [Abstract]

Fair Value Measurement

Note G. Fair Value Measurement

The Company applies the accounting standards for fair value measurements and disclosures for its financial assets and financial liabilities. The guidance requires disclosures about assets and liabilities measured at fair value. The Company’s financial assets relate to the interest rate cap of $8 and the Company’s financial liabilities relate to contingent acquisition consideration payments of $6,498.

The accounting guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures includes a fair value hierarchy that is intended to increase consistency and comparability in fair value measurements and related disclosures. The fair value hierarchy is based on observable or unobservable inputs to valuation techniques that are used to measure fair value. Observable inputs reflect assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability based on market data obtained from independent sources while unobservable inputs reflect a reporting entity’s pricing based upon its own market assumptions. The fair value hierarchy consists of the following three levels:

• Level 1: Inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

• Level 2: Inputs are quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in an active market, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and market-corroborated inputs, which are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

• Level 3: Inputs that are derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or value drivers are unobservable.

The significant inputs used to derive the fair value of the contingent acquisition consideration include financial forecasts of future operating results, the probability of reaching the forecast and the associated discount rate. The weighted average probability of the contingent acquisition consideration ranges from 95% to 10%, with a weighted average discount rate of 12%. The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the basis of measurement at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	Total Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2011			Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Interest Rate Cap	$	8			—		8		—
Liabilities:
Contingent acquisition consideration	$	(6,498	)		—		—		(6,498	)

	Total Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2010			Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Interest Rate Cap	$	174			—		174		—
Liabilities:
Contingent acquisition consideration	$	(6,807	)		—		—		(6,807	)

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for the liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

	Due to Seller
Balance at December 31, 2009	$	(5,090	)
Increase related to new acquisitions		(2,400	)
Payment of contingent consideration		529
Change in fair value		154
Balance at December 31, 2010		(6,807	)
Increase related to new acquisitions		—
Payment of contingent consideration		—
Change in fair value		309
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	(6,498	)

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded adjustments to the original contingent consideration obligation recognized upon the acquisition of Gameday Management Group U.S. The adjustments were the result of using revised forecasts and updated fair value measurements that adjusted the Company’s potential earn-out payments related to the purchase of this business.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recognized a benefit of $309 in general and administrative expenses in the statement of income due to the change in fair value measurements using a level three valuation technique.

The carrying and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	2011						2010
	Carrying Amount			Fair Value			Carrying Amount			Fair Value
	(In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	13,220		$	13,220		$	7,305		$	7,305
Long-term debt —
Senior credit facility		(80,000	)		(80,000	)		(95,200	)		(95,200	)
Capital lease obligation		(972	)		(972	)		(1,525	)		(1,525	)
Obligations on Seller notes and other		(1,041	)		(1,041	)		(1,177	)		(1,177	)

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair value due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments. Long-term debt has a carrying value that approximates fair value because these instruments bear interest at variable market rates. The fair value of the capital lease and obligations on Seller notes and other obligations were estimated to not be materially different from the carrying amount.

XML

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (loss)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Common and Preferred Stock, Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (loss) and Stock Repurchases [Abstract]

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (loss)

Note I. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Revaluation of interest rate cap	$	(411	)	$	(379	)	$	—
Effect of foreign currency translation		93			482			313
Total	$	(318	)	$	103		$	313

XML

Legal Proceedings

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Legal Proceedings [Abstract]

Legal Proceedings

Note N. Legal Proceedings

We are subject to litigation in the normal course of our business. The outcomes of legal proceedings and claims brought against us and other loss contingencies are subject to significant uncertainty. We accrue a charge against income when our management determines that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. In addition, we accrue for the authoritative judgments or assertions made against us by government agencies at the time of their rendering regardless of our intent to appeal. In determining the appropriate accounting for loss contingencies, we consider the likelihood of loss or impairment of an asset or the incurrence of a liability, as well as our ability to reasonably estimate the amount of loss. We regularly evaluate current information available to us to determine whether an accrual should be established or adjusted. Estimating the probability that a loss will occur and estimating the amount of a loss or a range of loss involves significant judgment.

XML

Domestic and Foreign Operations

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Domestic and Foreign Operations [Abstract]

Domestic and Foreign Operations

Note S. Domestic and Foreign Operations

Business Unit Segment Information

An operating segment is defined as a component of an enterprise that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur expenses, and about which separate financial information is regularly evaluated by our chief operating decision maker, in deciding how to allocate resources. Our chief operating decision maker is the Company’s president and chief executive officer.

Each of the operating segments is directly responsible for revenue and expenses related to their operations including direct regional administrative costs. Finance, information technology, human resources, and legal are shared functions that are not allocated back to the four operating segments. The CODM assesses the performance of each operating segment using information about its revenue and operating income (loss) before interest, taxes, and depreciation and amortization, but does not evaluate segments using discrete asset information. There are no inter-segment transactions and the Company does not allocate interest and other income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization or taxes to operating segments. The accounting policies for segment reporting are the same as for the Company as a whole.

Our business is managed based on regions administered by executive vice presidents. The following is a summary of revenues (excluding reimbursed management contract revenue) and gross profit by regions for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009. Information related to prior periods has been recast to conform to the current regional alignment.

The Company has provided this business unit segment information for all comparable prior periods. Segment information is summarized as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			Gross Margin			2010			Gross Margin			2009			Gross Margin
Revenues(a):
Region One
Lease contracts	$	81,218					$	75,401					$	79,083
Management contracts		54,095						48,417						53,329
Total Region One		135,313						123,818						132,412
Region Two
Lease contracts		3,396						2,368						2,637
Management contracts		20,205						25,957						13,192
Total Region Two		23,601						28,325						15,829
Region Three
Lease contracts		23,356						21,418						19,350
Management contracts		51,596						51,847						54,790
Total Region Three		74,952						73,265						74,140
Region Four
Lease contracts		39,522						39,433						39,269
Management contracts		47,490						45,007						32,392
Total Region Four		87,012						84,440						71,661
Other
Lease contracts		18						44						102
Management contracts		339						103						(321	)
Total Other		357						147						(219	)
Reimbursed management contract revenue		408,427						411,148						401,671
Total revenues	$	729,662					$	721,143					$	695,494
Gross Profit
Region One
Lease contracts	$	5,602			7	%	$	4,765			6	%	$	5,227			7	%
Management contracts		29,242			54	%		27,194			56	%		27,679			52	%
Total Region One		34,844						31,959						32,906
Region Two
Lease contracts		238			7	%		195			8	%		66			3	%
Management contracts		5,694			28	%		7,271			28	%		4,823			37	%
Total Region Two		5,932						7,466						4,889
Region Three
Lease contracts		2,342			10	%		1,855			9	%		1,855			10	%
Management contracts		23,772			46	%		24,467			47	%		21,621			39	%
Total Region Three		26,114						26,322						23,476
Region Four
Lease contracts		2,743			7	%		2,961			8	%		2,406			6	%
Management contracts		16,183			34	%		16,879			38	%		15,383			47	%
Total Region Four		18,926						19,840						17,789
Other
Lease contracts		91			506	%		275			625	%		(10	)		(10	)%
Management contracts		2,675			789	%		1,039			1,009	%		(291	)		91	%
Total Other		2,766						1,314						(301	)
Total gross profit		88,582						86,901						78,759
General and administrative expenses		48,297						47,878						44,707
General and administrative expense percentage of gross profit		55	%					55	%					57	%
Depreciation and amortization		6,618						6,074						5,828
Operating income		33,667						32,949						28,224
Other expenses (income):
Interest expense		4,691						5,335						6,012
Interest income		(537	)					(249	)					(268	)
		4,154						5,086						5,744
Income before income taxes		29,513						27,863						22,480
Income tax expense		11,235						10,755						8,265
Net income		18,278						17,108						14,215
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest		378						268						123
Net income attributable to Standard Parking Corporation	$	17,900					$	16,840					$	14,092

(a) Excludes reimbursed management contract revenue.

Region One encompasses operations in Alabama, Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Virginia, and Wisconsin.

Region Two encompasses our Canadian operations, event planning and transportation, and our technology based parking and traffic management systems.

Region Three encompasses operations in Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Louisiana, Nevada, Texas, Utah, Washington, and Wyoming.

Region Four encompasses all major airport and transportation operations nationwide.

Other consists of ancillary revenue that is not specifically identifiable to a region and insurance reserve adjustments related to prior years.

The CODM does not evaluate segments using discrete asset information.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Income (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Consolidated Statements of Income [Abstract]
Non-cash stock-based compensation	$ 2,451	$ 2,310	$ 2,292

XML

Net Income Per Common Share

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Net Income Per Common Share

Note C. Net Income Per Common Share

Companies are required to present basic and diluted earnings per share. Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income attributable to Standard Parking Corporation by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is based upon the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period plus dilutive potential common shares, including stock options and restricted stock units using the treasury-stock method.

A reconciliation of the weighted average basic shares outstanding to the weighted average diluted shares outstanding is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
	(In thousands except for share and per share data)
Net income attributable to Standard Parking Corporation	$	17,900	$	16,840	$	14,092
Weighted average basic shares outstanding		15,703,595		15,579,352		15,292,412
Effect of dilutive stock options and restricted stock units		344,284		365,310		391,113
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding		16,047,879		15,944,662		15,683,525
Net income per share:
Basic	$	1.14	$	1.08	$	0.92
Diluted	$	1.12	$	1.06	$	0.90

There were no anti-dilutive options for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. There were 19,068 anti-dilutive options excluded in the computation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2009 because the options’ exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common stock.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, 9,205 shares of performance based restricted stock were not included in the computation of weighted average diluted common share amounts because the number of shares ultimately issuable is contingent on the Company’s performance goals, which were not achieved as of those dates. The plan was completed as of December 31, 2009, and during the second quarter of 2010, all non-awarded shares were returned to the pool of generally available shares available for future use under the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

There are no additional securities that could dilute basic EPS in the future that were not included in the computation of diluted EPS, other than those disclosed.

XML

Stock-Based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Stock-Based Compensation [Abstract]

Stock-Based Compensation

Note T. Stock-Based Compensation

We measure stock-based compensation expense at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and the expense is recognized over the requisite employee service period (generally the vesting period) for awards expected to vest (considering estimated forfeitures).

The Company has an amended and restated Long-Term Incentive Plan that was adopted in conjunction with our IPO in 2004. On February 27, 2008, our Board of Directors approved an amendment to our Long-Term Incentive Plan, subject to shareholder approval, that increased the maximum number of shares of common stock available for awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan from 2,000,000 to 2,175,000 and extended the Plan’s termination date. Our shareholders approved this Plan amendment on April 22, 2008, and the Plan now terminates twenty years from the date of such approval, or April 22, 2028. Forfeited and expired options under the Plan become generally available for reissuance. At December 31, 2011, 121,493 shares remained available for award under the Plan.

Stock Options and Grants

We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of each option grant as of the date of grant. The volatilities are based on the 90 day historical volatility of our common stock as the grant date. The risk free interest rate is based on zero-coupon U.S. government issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the option.

There were no options granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. The Company recognized no stock-based compensation expense related to stock options for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 as all options previously granted are fully vested. The Company recognized $30 of stock-based compensation for the year ended December 31, 2009. A total of 9,534 options expired in the third quarter of 2010 with a weighted average exercise price of $17.03. The option expirations are due to out-of-the-money options that were not exercised prior to their expiration date. The expired options were returned to the pool of shares generally available for future use under the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

On April 29, 2011, we authorized vested stock grants to certain directors totaling 14,009 shares. The total value of the grant, based on the market value of the underlying common stock at the date of grant, was $245, which was fully expensed and is included in general and administrative expenses.

On April 28, 2010, we authorized vested stock grants to certain directors totaling 12,892 shares. The total value of the grant was $220 and is included in general and administrative expenses. On September 22, 2010, we authorized vested stock grants to certain directors totaling 1,504 shares. The total value of the grant was $25 and is included in general and administrative expenses.

On August 14, 2009, we issued vested stock grants totaling 9,591 shares to certain directors. The total value of the grant was $165 and is included in general and administrative expense.

The Company recognized $245, $245 and $195 of stock based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which is included in general and administrative expense. As of December 31, 2011, there was no unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested options.

The following table summarizes the transactions pursuant to our stock option plans for the last three years ended December 31.

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted  Average Remaining Contractual Term (in Years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding at December 31, 2008		656,903		$	4.77
Granted		—			n/a
Exercised		(105,896	)	$	3.92
Forfeited		—			n/a
Outstanding at December 31, 2009		551,007		$	4.50
Granted		—			n/a
Exercised		(385,027	)	$	4.60
Expired		(9,534	)	$	17.03
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		156,446		$	5.01
Granted		—			n/a
Exercised		(68,322	)	$	3.17
Expired		—			n/a
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		88,124		$	6.44		1.7	$	1,008
Vested and Exercisable at December 31, 2011		88,124		$	6.44		1.7	$	1,008

At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, options to purchase 88,124, 156,446 and 551,007 shares of common stock, respectively, were exercisable at weighted average exercise prices of $6.44, $5.01 and $4.50 per share, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $994, $4,630, and $1,386, respectively.

There were no nonvested options as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Performance-Based Incentive Program

In December 2006, the Board of Directors adopted a performance-based incentive program under our Long-Term Incentive Plan. This program provided participating executives with the opportunity to earn a combination of stock (50%) and cash (50%) if certain performance targets for pre-tax income and pre-tax free cash flow were achieved. During 2007, certain participating executives became entitled to performance restricted stock based on the stock price at the commencement of the three-year performance cycle (2007-2009), and as a result, 29,698 shares were issued subject to vesting upon the achievement of the performance goals. The plan was completed as of December 31, 2009, at which time a total of 17,677 shares had been released free of restrictions in accordance with the achievement of the cumulative program performance goals. The remaining 12,021 shares were not awarded under the performance-based incentive program and were returned to the pool of shares generally available for future use under the Long-Term Incentive Plan. Of the 12,021 shares that were not awarded, 2,815 shares were retired in 2009 and the remaining 9,206 shares were retired in 2010.

We record stock-based compensation expense for awards with performance conditions based on the probable outcome of that performance condition. The Company recognized no stock-based compensation expense and no cash compensation expense related to the performance-based incentive program for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. The Company recognized $51 of stock-based compensation expense and $51 of cash compensation expense related to the performance-based incentive program, for the year ended December 31, 2009, which is included in general and administrative expenses. As of December 31, 2011, there is no unrecognized compensation costs related to the performance-based incentive program.

Restricted Stock Units

In March 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a one-time grant of 750,000 restricted stock units that subsequently were awarded to members of our senior management team on July 1, 2008. In November 2008, an additional 5,000 restricted stock units were also awarded. The restricted stock units vest in one-third installments on each of the tenth, eleventh and twelfth anniversaries of the grant date. The restricted stock unit agreements are designed to reward performance over a decade or longer.

The fair value of restricted stock units is determined using the market value of our common stock on the date of the grant, and compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period. In accordance with the guidance related to share-based payments, we estimate forfeitures at the time of the grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We use historical data to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.

A summary of the status of the restricted stock units as of December 31, 2011, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2011, is presented below and there was no activity for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:

Nonvested Shares	Shares			Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2011		755,000		$	18.26
Granted		(68,400	)
Forfeited		(17,600	)
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		669,000		$	18.27

The Company recognized $2,206, $2,065 and $2,046 of stock based compensation expense related to the restricted stock units for the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which is included in general and administrative expense. As of December 31, 2011, there was $6,062 of unrecognized stock-based compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to the restricted stock units that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 6.7 years. As of December 31, 2010, there was $7,863 of unrecognized stock-based compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, related to the restricted stock units that are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 6.9 years. As of December 2009, there was $9,865 of unrecognized stock-based compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, related to the restricted stock units that are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 7.1 years.

XML

Management Contracts and Related Arrangements with Affiliates

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Management Contracts and Related Arrangements with Affiliates [Abstract]

Management Contracts and Related Arrangements with Affiliates

Note M. Management Contracts and Related Arrangements with Affiliates

We entered into a consulting agreement with D&E Parking that became effective on May 1, 2007. Edward Simmons, an executive officer of Standard Parking, has an ownership interest in D&E. This consulting agreement was terminated on April 30, 2009. Per the terms of the agreement, consideration for services provided was $250 per year. In addition, the consultant was eligible for a consultant fee of up to $50 per year. In consideration of the services provided by D&E under this arrangement, we paid D&E $128 in 2009.

In 2011, 2010 and 2009, Standard Parking provided property management services for fourteen, sixteen, and nineteen separate retail shopping centers and commercial office buildings, respectively, in which D&E has an ownership interest. In consideration of the property management services we provided for these properties, we recorded net management fees totaling $630, $634 and $689 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

In 2011, 2010 and 2009, our wholly owned subsidiary, SP Plus Security, Inc., formerly known as Preferred Response Security Services, Inc., provided security services for two retail shopping centers owned by D&E. We recorded net management fees amounting to $2 for these security services in 2011, $30 in 2010 and $30 in 2009. We provided sweeping and power washing for one retail shopping facility in which D&E has ownership interest in 2011 and 2010 and two retail shopping facilities in which D&E has ownership in 2009. For these services we recorded net management fees totaling $1 in 2011, $1 in 2010 and $1 in 2009.

On June 2, 2004, we entered into a registration rights agreement with Steamboat Industries LLC, our former parent company and an affiliate of Mr. Holten, our former Chairman (“Steamboat”). Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, Steamboat exercised its demand registration rights in April 2009. No registration statement was filed pursuant to the demand made by Steamboat.

On May 15, 2009, Steamboat transferred all of its rights under the registration rights agreement to GSO Special Situations Fund LP, GSO Special Situations Overseas Master Fund Ltd., GSO Special Situations Overseas Benefit Plan Fund Ltd., GSO Capital Opportunities Fund LP, and CML VII, LLC. (collectively, the “Significant Stockholders”) together with substantially all of its Standard Parking common stock, and the Significant Stockholders agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this agreement. At the time of these transactions, Timothy J. White, formerly one of our directors, was a Senior Managing Director and Co-Head of Mezzanine Investing and Head of Private Equity Investing for GSO Capital Partners LP, an affiliate of the GSO funds that are Significant Stockholders. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, the Significant Stockholders exercised their demand registration rights before such rights terminated on May 27, 2009, and a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 was filed pursuant to the Significant Stockholders’ demand notice to register all of the 7,581,842 shares of Standard Parking common stock that they held. On November 9, 2009, our Company and the Significant Stockholders entered into Amendment No. 1 to Registration Rights Agreement to cause the registration statement to remain effective for a period of two years from the date that it became effective, which was October 6, 2009. Accordingly, we were required to cause the registration statement to remain effective until October 6, 2011 or until all 7,581,842 registered shares have been distributed, whichever occurs first. The registration rights terminated because these shares of common stock were sold in a public offering and/or the Significant Stockholders’ shares all became eligible for sale under Rule 144.

On November 9, 2009, we entered into an underwriting agreement with the Significant Stockholders and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and William Blair & Company, L.L.C., as representatives for the several underwriters, relating to the public offering of up to 6,592,906 shares of our common stock by the Significant Stockholders. The Significant Stockholders also granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase an additional 988,936 shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments, if any. The underwriting agreement included customary representations, warranties and covenants by us and the Significant Stockholders. It also provided for customary indemnification by each of our Company, the Significant Stockholders and the underwriters against certain liabilities and customary contribution provisions in respect of those liabilities. Of the 7,581,842 registered shares, the Significant Stockholders sold 6,819,692 shares pursuant to the registration statement in 2009. An additional 580,032 shares were sold by certain significant stockholders pursuant to the registration statement in 2010. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the Significant Stockholders. In 2009, we incurred $1,700 of legal, accounting, registration and related expenses in connection with Steamboat’s and the Significant Stockholders’ registration demand, the related underwriting agreements, and costs and expenses associated with the loss of control by our former parent, Steamboat.